WO2022168631A1 - Mixed composition - Google Patents

Mixed composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022168631A1
WO2022168631A1 PCT/JP2022/002095 JP2022002095W WO2022168631A1 WO 2022168631 A1 WO2022168631 A1 WO 2022168631A1 JP 2022002095 W JP2022002095 W JP 2022002095W WO 2022168631 A1 WO2022168631 A1 WO 2022168631A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
solvent
different
mass
organosilicon compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/002095
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
上原 みちる 大門
友宏 伊藤
拓哉 松浦
Original Assignee
住友化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 住友化学株式会社 filed Critical 住友化学株式会社
Priority to KR1020237029795A priority Critical patent/KR20230142559A/en
Priority to CN202280008057.9A priority patent/CN116568773A/en
Priority to EP22749506.6A priority patent/EP4289914A1/en
Priority to US18/036,270 priority patent/US20240018389A1/en
Publication of WO2022168631A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022168631A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D183/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09D183/14Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers in which at least two but not all the silicon atoms are connected by linkages other than oxygen atoms
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/283Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polysiloxanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K3/00Materials not provided for elsewhere
    • C09K3/18Materials not provided for elsewhere for application to surfaces to minimize adherence of ice, mist or water thereto; Thawing or antifreeze materials for application to surfaces
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/48Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule in which at least two but not all the silicon atoms are connected by linkages other than oxygen atoms
    • C08G77/54Nitrogen-containing linkages
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/60Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule in which all the silicon atoms are connected by linkages other than oxygen atoms
    • C08G77/62Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08L83/06Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to oxygen-containing groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L83/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon only; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L83/10Block- or graft-copolymers containing polysiloxane sequences
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D183/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing silicon, with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon only; Coating compositions based on derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/002Priming paints
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/20Diluents or solvents
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/10Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/26Polymeric coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/73Hydrophobic
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G77/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing silicon with or without sulfur, nitrogen, oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G77/04Polysiloxanes
    • C08G77/22Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen
    • C08G77/26Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to organic groups containing atoms other than carbon, hydrogen and oxygen nitrogen-containing groups

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a laminate including a mixed composition and an intermediate layer formed from the composition.
  • various water-repellent films are used as water-repellent coatings or water- and oil-repellent coatings.
  • a water-repellent film is usually used by being formed on a substrate, and when applying a composition for forming a water-repellent film to a substrate, it is necessary to form other layers such as a primer layer on the substrate in advance. , the composition may be applied to form a water-repellent coating or a water- and oil-repellent coating.
  • the surface of a cured coating film (I) having a glass transition temperature of 80 ° C. or higher is subjected to oxidation treatment, and then the treated surface is selected from isocyanate group-containing unsaturated compounds and isocyanate group-containing silane compounds.
  • the primer layer (II) After forming the primer layer (II) by applying and drying the composition (A) containing at least one of the , that a functional layer such as water repellency can be formed on the surface of the cured coating film.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a composition having excellent storage stability.
  • the present invention which has solved the above problems, is as follows.
  • [1] A mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, a solvent 1, and a solvent 2,
  • the ratio of the hydrogen bonding term ( ⁇ H) and the dispersion term ( ⁇ D) in the Hansen solubility parameters is ⁇ H/ ⁇ D
  • the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410
  • the ratio of solvent 2 ( ⁇ H / ⁇ D) is 0.410 or more.
  • [2] The composition according to [1], wherein the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is 0.01% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less.
  • Solvent 2 has a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 )
  • ⁇ D1 dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
  • ⁇ D2 dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
  • ⁇ P1 the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
  • ⁇ P2 Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
  • ⁇ H1 hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
  • ⁇ H2 Hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen so
  • solvent 1 is an ester solvent.
  • organosilicon compound (C) is a compound represented by any one of formulas (c1) to (c3).
  • R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple R x11 , the multiple R x11 may be different.
  • Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present;
  • Rf x11 the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different.
  • Rf x14 may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different, R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different, X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different, Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different, Z 11 is a vinyl group, ⁇ -methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group; p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an
  • R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ;
  • Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
  • x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different, R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
  • X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different
  • Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group
  • R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other.
  • Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present;
  • Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different.
  • Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—
  • X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group)
  • R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group
  • R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group
  • X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different
  • a window film or touch panel display comprising the laminate according to [9] or [10].
  • composition with excellent storage stability can be provided.
  • composition of the present invention is a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, solvent 1, and solvent 2, wherein the hydrogen bonding term ( ⁇ H) and the dispersion term ( ⁇ D) is defined as ⁇ H/ ⁇ D, the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of solvent 2 is 0.410 or more. do.
  • the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1, and solvent 2 are described in order below.
  • Organosilicon compound (C) is an organosilicon compound having an amino group or an amine skeleton.
  • the intermediate layer (c) formed from the composition functions as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r) in the later-described laminate. can do. Therefore, in the laminate described later, the adhesion of the water-repellent layer (r) to the substrate (s) is improved, and as a result, the abrasion resistance of the laminate can be improved.
  • the organosilicon compound (C) mixed in the composition of the present invention may be one kind, or two or more kinds.
  • the organosilicon compound (C) one having at least one amine skeleton is preferred.
  • the amine skeleton is represented by -NR 10 -, where R 10 is hydrogen or an alkyl group.
  • R 10 is preferably hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the organosilicon compound (C) contains a plurality of amine skeletons, the plurality of amine skeletons may be the same or different.
  • a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is preferably bonded to at least one silicon atom in the organosilicon compound (C).
  • the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group.
  • an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C).
  • the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (c1) to (c3).
  • Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c1) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C1))
  • R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x11 are present, the plurality of R x11 are different from each other.
  • Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present;
  • Rf x11 the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different.
  • Rf x14 may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different, R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different, X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different, Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different, Z 11 is a vinyl group, ⁇ -methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group; p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an
  • R x11 , R x12 , R x13 and R x14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 and Rf x14 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom.
  • R x15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • X 11 is preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, still more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group or an ethoxy is particularly preferred.
  • Y 11 is preferably -NH-.
  • Z 11 is preferably a methacryloyl group, an acryloyl group, a mercapto group or an amino group, more preferably a mercapto group or an amino group, particularly preferably an amino group.
  • p1 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 2-10.
  • Each of p2, p3 and p4 is independently preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2.
  • p5 is preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-3, still more preferably 1-3.
  • p6 is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
  • both R x11 and R x12 are hydrogen atoms
  • Y 11 is —NH—
  • X 11 is an alkoxy group (especially a methoxy group or an ethoxy group )
  • Z 11 is an amino group or a mercapto group
  • p1 is 1 to 10
  • p2, p3 and p4 are all
  • p5 is 0 to 5 (especially 1 to 3)
  • p6 is preferably 3.
  • the p1 units (U c11 ) do not need to be continuously bonded to each other, and may be bonded via other units in the middle. Just do it. The same applies to the units (U c12 ) to (U c15 ) bounded by p2 to p5.
  • the organosilicon compound (C1) is preferably represented by the following formula (c1-2).
  • X 12 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 12 are present, the plurality of X 12 may be different, Y 12 is -NH-, Z 12 is an amino group or a mercapto group, R x16 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x16 are present, the plurality of R x16 may be different, p is an integer of 1 to 3, q is an integer of 2 to 5, r is an integer of 0 to 5, s is 0 or 1, When s is 0, Z 12 is an amino group.
  • X 12 is preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, still more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group or An ethoxy group is particularly preferred.
  • Z 12 is preferably an amino group.
  • R x16 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • p is preferably an integer of 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
  • q is preferably an integer of 2 to 3
  • r is preferably an integer of 2 to 4
  • the sum of q and r is 1 to 5.
  • Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c2) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C2))
  • R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ;
  • Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
  • x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different, R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
  • X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different
  • R x20 and R x21 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom.
  • R x22 and R x23 are preferably C 1-5 alkyl groups.
  • X 20 and X 21 are preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, even more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, methoxy or ethoxy groups are particularly preferred.
  • At least one amine skeleton —NR 100 — may be present in the molecule, and the amine skeleton may be replaced by either a repeating unit bracketed with p20 or p21. , p20 are preferably part of a bracketed repeating unit.
  • a plurality of the amine skeletons may be present, and in that case, the number of amine skeletons is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and even more preferably 2-5. In this case, it is preferable to have - ⁇ C(R x20 )(R x21 ) ⁇ p200 - between adjacent amine skeletons, and p200 is preferably 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 5. is more preferred.
  • p200 is included in the total number of p20s.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
  • the amine skeleton -NR 100 - is preferably -NH- (R 100 is a hydrogen atom).
  • p20 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, excluding the number of repeating units replaced by the amine skeleton.
  • p21 is preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 2, excluding the number of repeating units replaced by the amine skeleton.
  • p22 and p23 are preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
  • R x20 and R x21 are both hydrogen atoms
  • X 20 and X 21 are alkoxy groups (especially methoxy groups or ethoxy groups)
  • p20 is and at least one repeating unit enclosed in parentheses is replaced with an amine skeleton —NR 100 —
  • R 100 is a hydrogen atom
  • p20 is 1 to 10 (provided that the amine skeleton is substituted excluding the number of repeating units), it is preferable to use a compound in which p21 is 0 and p22 and p23 are 3.
  • the organosilicon compound (C2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (c2-2).
  • X 22 and X 23 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 22 and X 23 are present, the plurality of X 22 and X 23 may be different, R x24 and R x25 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x24 and R x25 are present, a plurality of R x24 and R x25 may be different, —C w H 2w — has at least one of its methylene groups replaced with an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, where R 100 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; w is an integer of 1 to 30 (excluding the number of methylene groups substituted for the amine skeleton), p24 and p25 are each independently an integer of 1-3.
  • X 22 and X 23 are preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, even more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, methoxy or ethoxy groups are particularly preferred.
  • a plurality of amine skeletons —NR 100 — may be present, and in that case, the number of amine skeletons is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 2 to 5. More preferred. Moreover, in this case, it is preferable to have an alkylene group between adjacent amine skeletons.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene groups between adjacent amine skeletons is included in the total number of w.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less.
  • the amine skeleton -NR 100 - is preferably -NH- (R 100 is a hydrogen atom).
  • R x24 and R x25 are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • p24 and p25 are preferably integers of 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
  • w is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
  • Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c3) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C3))
  • Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group.
  • Reactive functional groups include vinyl, ⁇ -methylvinyl, styryl, methacryloyl, acryloyl, amino, epoxy, ureido, or mercapto groups.
  • Z 31 and Z 32 are preferably an amino group, a mercapto group, or a methacryloyl group, particularly preferably an amino group.
  • R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x32 , and when there are a plurality of R x33 , a plurality of R x33 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x34 .
  • R x31 , R x32 , R x33 and R x34 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present;
  • the plurality of Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different.
  • Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are preferably C 1-10 alkyl groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or fluorine atoms.
  • Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—, and when there are multiple Y 31 s, the multiple Y 31s may be different.
  • Y 31 is preferably -NH-.
  • X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group), and when a plurality of X 31 are present, the plurality of X 31 may be different, when a plurality of X 32 are present, the plurality of X 32 may be different, and X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different.
  • X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are preferably —OR c in which R c is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • p31 is an integer of 0 to 20
  • p32, p33, and p34 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10
  • p35 is an integer of 0 to 5
  • p36 is an integer of 1 to 10 and p37 is 0 or 1.
  • p31 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 3-13, still more preferably 5-10.
  • p32, p33 and p34 are each independently preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2.
  • p35 is preferably 0-3.
  • p36 is preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3.
  • p37 is preferably 1.
  • the organosilicon compound (C3) satisfies the condition that at least one of Z 31 and Z 32 is an amino group, or at least one of Y 31 is —NH— or —N(CH 3 )—, and the formula p31 - ⁇ C(R x31 ) (R x32 ) ⁇ -unit (U c31 ), p32- ⁇ C(Rf x31 )(Rf x32 ) ⁇ -unit (U c32 ), p33- ⁇ Si(R x33 )(R x34 ) ⁇ - unit (U c33 ), p34 - ⁇ Si(Rf x33 )(Rf x34 ) ⁇ - unit (U c34 ), p35 -Y 31 - unit (U c35 ), p36 - ⁇ Si(X 31 ) (X 32 )-O ⁇ -unit (U c36 ) and p37 - ⁇ Si(X 33 )(X 34
  • the p31 units (U c31 ) do not need to be continuously linked, and may be linked via other units in the middle, and the total number of p31 units may be p31. .
  • Z 31 and Z 32 are amino groups, R x31 and R x32 are hydrogen atoms, p31 is 3 to 13 (preferably 5 to 10), and R x33 and R all of x34 are hydrogen atoms, all of Rf x31 to Rf x34 are alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or fluorine atoms, and p32 to p34 are all 0 to 5, Y 31 is —NH—, p35 is 0 to 5 (preferably 0 to 3), X 31 to X 34 are all —OH, and p36 is 1 to 5 (preferably is 1-3) and p37 is 1 is preferred.
  • the organosilicon compound (C3) is preferably represented by the following formula (c3-2).
  • Z 31 , Z 32 , X 31 , X 32 , X 33 , X 34 and Y 31 have the same meanings as those in formula (c3), and p41 to p44 are each independent is an integer of 1 to 6, and p45 and p46 are each independently 0 or 1.
  • Z 31 and Z 32 are preferably an amino group, a mercapto group or a methacryloyl group, particularly preferably an amino group.
  • X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are preferably —OR c in which R c is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably R c is a hydrogen atom .
  • Y 31 is preferably -NH-.
  • p41 to p44 are preferably 1 or more, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 4 or less. Both p45 and p46 are preferably 0.
  • the composition of the present invention is a composition in which the organosilicon compound (C) and solvents 1 and 2 described later are mixed.
  • the composition of the present invention is obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1 and solvent 2, and when components other than the above components are mixed, the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1 and It is obtained by mixing solvent 2 with other components.
  • the composition of the present invention includes those that have undergone a reaction after mixing, for example, during storage. For example, it includes a compound whose hydrolyzable group is a —SiOH group by hydrolysis. Further, as an example of the progress of the reaction during storage of the composition, the composition may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (C).
  • the —SiOH group of C) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by hydrolysis undergoes dehydration condensation with —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (C) or —SiOH groups derived from other compounds. and condensates formed by More specifically, the condensate includes, for example, an organosilicon compound (C3') in which the organosilicon compound (C3) is condensed with at least one of X 31 to X 34 and bonded.
  • the organosilicon compound (C3′) has two or more structures (c31-1) represented by the following formula (c31-1), and the structures (c31-1) are represented by *3 or *4 below.
  • a chain or ring-bonded compound, wherein the bond in *3 or *4 below is due to the condensation of two or more of the organosilicon compounds (C3) above X 31 or X 32 , *1 and *2 in the following formula (c31-1) are, respectively, at least the units enclosed by p31, p32, p33, p34, p35, (p36)-1, and p37 in the following formula (c31-2)
  • One type is bonded in any order and a group having a terminal Z- is bonded, and the groups bonded to *1 and *2 may be different for each of the plurality of structures (c31-1),
  • *3 which is the terminal
  • *4 is a hydroxy group.
  • Z is a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group
  • R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , R x34 , Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , Rf x34 , Y 31 , X 31 , X 32 , X 33 , X 34 , p31 to p37 are synonymous with these signs of
  • the organosilicon compound (C3) is a compound represented by the above formula (c3-2)
  • the organosilicon compound (C3′) is, for example, a structure represented by the following formula (c31-3) *3 below. or *4 may be a chain or ring-bonded compound.
  • the terminal *3 is a hydrogen atom and the terminal *4 is a hydroxy group.
  • the organosilicon compound (C3') is preferably a compound in which 2 to 10 (preferably 3 to 8) structures represented by the formula (c31-3) are bonded.
  • organosilicon compound (C) only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • organosilicon compound (C) it is preferable to use at least the organosilicon compound (C1) and/or the organosilicon compound (C2).
  • the total amount of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 0.005% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. It is preferably 0.02% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, and preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass. or less, more preferably 2% by mass or less.
  • the amount of the above organosilicon compound (C) can be adjusted during preparation of the composition.
  • the amount of the organosilicon compound (C) may be calculated from the analysis results of the composition.
  • the type of each compound contained in the composition is analyzed by gas chromatography mass spectrometry, liquid chromatography mass spectrometry, etc., and the obtained analysis
  • the results can be identified by library searching, and the amount of each compound contained in the composition can be calculated from the above analytical results using the calibration curve method.
  • the range of the amount or mass ratio of each component is described, the range can be adjusted at the time of preparation of the composition.
  • the Hansen solubility parameter divides the solubility parameter introduced by Hildebrand into three components: the dispersion term ( ⁇ D), the polar term ( ⁇ P), and the hydrogen bonding term ( ⁇ H). It is represented.
  • the dispersion term ( ⁇ D) indicates the effect of the dispersion force
  • the polar term ( ⁇ P) indicates the effect of the dipole force
  • the hydrogen bond term ( ⁇ H) indicates the effect of the hydrogen bond force.
  • Hansen Solubility Parameters The definition and calculation of the Hansen Solubility Parameters are described in Charles M. Hansen, Hansen Solubility Parameters: A Users Handbook (CRC Press, 2007). In addition, by using the computer software Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP), the Hansen Solubility Parameters can be easily estimated from the chemical structure of compounds for which literature values are not known. Furthermore, for compounds for which literature values are unknown, it is possible to calculate the Hansen solubility parameter by using the melting sphere method described later.
  • HSPiP version 5.2.05 is used to use registered Hansen Solubility Parameter values for solvents registered in the database, and Regarding, the Hansen solubility parameter is calculated by using the melting sphere method described later.
  • the dissolving sphere method is a method for calculating the Hansen solubility parameter of a target substance, in which the target substance is dissolved or dispersed in many different solvents whose Hansen solubility parameters It can be determined by a solubility test that evaluates solubility or dispersibility.
  • the type of solvent used in the solubility test is preferably selected so that the total value of the HSP dispersion term, polar term and hydrogen bonding term of each solvent varies widely between solvents, more specifically, preferably It is preferable to evaluate using 10 or more solvents, more preferably 15 or more solvents, and still more preferably 17 or more solvents.
  • the target substance If the mixture of the target substance and the solvent becomes cloudy, the target substance precipitates, or the target substance and the solvent separate into layers, it can be determined that the target substance is not dissolved or dispersed in the solvent.
  • a specific method for the solubility test will be described in detail in the Examples section.
  • the Hansen Solubility Parameters of some other solvent that was not used to determine the Hansen Solubility Parameters of the object was ( ⁇ d, ⁇ p, ⁇ h)
  • the point indicated by the coordinates would be inside the solubility sphere of the object.
  • the solvent is believed to dissolve or disperse the object.
  • the coordinate point is outside the solubility sphere of the target, the solvent is considered incapable of dissolving or dispersing the target.
  • the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) is less than 0.410.
  • the solvent 1 refers to a compound that is liquid at room temperature.
  • Solvent 1 is a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of less than 0.410, even if it is a single solvent comprising a compound having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of less than 0.410. may be either.
  • the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of the compounds contained in the solvent 1 is preferably 0.400 or less, may be 0.10 or more, preferably 0.20 or more, and more preferably 0.30 or more. be.
  • solvent 1 examples include ester solvents 1-A such as butyl acetate and butyl benzoate; ketone solvents 1-A such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone and cyclohexanone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether.
  • Solvent 1-A Hydrocarbon solvent 1-A such as benzene, toluene, xylene, pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, etc.; Among them, ester solvent 1-A is preferred, and butyl acetate is particularly preferred.
  • the ester solvent 1-A, the ketone solvent 1-A, the ether solvent 1-A, and the hydrocarbon solvent 1-A each have a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of less than 0.410. Refers to solvents, ketone solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
  • the amount of solvent 1 is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and still more preferably 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. It is 90% by mass or more, more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or less.
  • the content of solvent 1 with respect to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or more, from the viewpoint of improving coatability. More preferably 150 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 300 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of further improving the storage stability of the composition, it is preferably 20000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10000 parts by mass. Below, it is more preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 600 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 500 parts by mass or less.
  • Solvent 2 is a solvent composed of a compound having the above ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more. By including the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1 in the composition of the present invention, a composition with good storage stability can be obtained, and preferably a composition with good storage stability and coatability can be obtained. .
  • a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C), and during storage of the composition, the —SiOH group possessed by the organosilicon compound (C)
  • the progress of the condensation reaction between the —SiOH groups of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by the hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable groups bonded to the silicon atoms is one of the factors that reduce the storage stability of the composition. It is considered.
  • the composition of the present invention contains the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1, such a condensation reaction and the like can be suppressed.
  • the storage stability of the composition can be evaluated, for example, by measuring the number of days until the composition becomes cloudy after preparation.
  • the number of days until white turbidity is observed is, for example, 2 days or more, preferably 5 days or more, more preferably 5 days or more. It is 8 days or more, more preferably 10 days or more, and for example 200 days or less.
  • Solvent 2 is a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more, even if it is a single solvent comprising a compound having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more. may be either.
  • the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of the compounds contained in the solvent 2 is preferably 0.430 or more, and may be 1.8 or less, preferably 1.5 or less, more preferably 1.3 or less. be.
  • the solvent 2 include non-fluorine-type solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, isopentyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, and benzyl alcohol.
  • non-fluorine-type solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, isopentyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, and benzyl alcohol.
  • Alcohol-based solvent 2-A 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol, perfluorooctylethanol, 1,1,3,3 ,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoro-1-pentanol, 2, 2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9-hexadecafluoro-1-nonaol, 1H,1H,2H,2H-tridecafluoro- Fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A such as 1-n-octanol, 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-nonafluoro-1-hexanol; Ketone solvent 2-A such as acetone; Ether solvent 2-A such as tetrahydrofuran Ether alcohol solvent 2-A such as ethylene glycol monobutyl
  • the ether ester solvent 2-A is a non-fluorinated alcohol solvent, a fluorine-containing alcohol solvent, a ketone solvent, an ether solvent, and an ether alcohol solvent, each having a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more. , and refers to ether ester solvents.
  • non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent refers to an alcoholic solvent having no fluorine atoms
  • fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent refers to an alcoholic solvent having at least one fluorine atom.
  • Ketone solvents do not include solvents having alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
  • a non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A or a distance Ra of the Hansen solubility parameter to the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on the formula (E.1) is 5 (J/cm 3 ). It preferably contains 0.5 or less organic solvent 2-B, and may be a mixed solvent containing non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and organic solvent 2-B.
  • alkyl alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, or alcoholic hydroxyl groups and diacetone alcohols in the molecule
  • a keto alcohol having a carbonyl group is preferred, an alkyl alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or diacetone alcohol is more preferred, and ethanol or diacetone alcohol is particularly preferred.
  • the amount of the non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0%, based on 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. 0.03% by mass or more, and preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, even more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably It is 0.1% by mass or less.
  • Organic solvent 2-B is an organic solvent composed of a compound having a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less from the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on formula (E.1). be.
  • ⁇ D1 dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
  • ⁇ D2 dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
  • ⁇ P1 the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
  • ⁇ P2 Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5
  • ⁇ H1 hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5
  • ⁇ H2 Hydrogen bonding term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5
  • J/cm 3 Hydrogen bonding term
  • the organic solvent 2-B has a ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of 0.410 or more and a distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less calculated based on the above formula (E.1). It is an organic solvent consisting of compounds.
  • the organic solvent 2-B may be either a single solvent consisting of a compound satisfying the above conditions or a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each satisfying the above conditions.
  • the compound contained in the organic solvent 2-B has a distance Ra calculated based on the above formula (E.1) of 4.8 (J/cm 3 ) is preferably 0.5 or less, more preferably 4.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, still more preferably 3.5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, and 0.5 (J/cm 3 ) It may be 0.5 or more, 1.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or more, or 2.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or more.
  • the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can use the value determined by the above-described dissolving sphere method. Also, when the organosilicon compound (C) is a mixture of two compounds, the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can be calculated based on formula (E.2). Volume fractions can also be approximated to weight fractions. In formula (E.2), one of the above two compounds is described as an organosilicon compound (Cc1) and the other as an organosilicon compound (Cc2).
  • x I is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc1) in the organosilicon compound (C);
  • x II is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc2) in the organosilicon compound (C);
  • ( ⁇ D1 I , ⁇ P1 I , ⁇ H1 I ) is the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (Cc1);
  • ( ⁇ D1 II , ⁇ P1 II , ⁇ H1 II ) are the Hansen solubility parameters of the organosilicon compound (Cc2).
  • the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can also be calculated by similar calculations when the organosilicon compound (C) is a mixture of three or more types.
  • organic solvent 2-B may vary depending on the organosilicon compound (C), but are compounds with a distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less calculated based on the above formula (E.1). As long as the above non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, ketone solvent 2-A, ether solvent 2-A, ether alcohol solvent 2-A, and ether ester solvent Compounds exemplified for solvent 2-A may also be used. When the solvent 2 contains the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2-B, the organic solvent 2-B does not contain the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A.
  • the amount of the organic solvent 2-B is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 75% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less, even more preferably 3% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or less.
  • the total amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2-B is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, when the entire solvent 2 is 100% by mass. , more preferably 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
  • the amount of the non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A is the same as the non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2.
  • the total 100% by mass of -B it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 50% by mass or less, more It is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the solvent 2 preferably contains at least a non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A, a fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, or a ketone solvent 2-A. More preferably, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, the ketone solvent 2-A, or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A alkyl alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol and isobutyl alcohol, or keto alcohols such as diacetone alcohol are preferable. , more preferably alkyl alcohol or diacetone alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably ethanol or diacetone alcohol.
  • the fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably an alkyl alcohol having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in which two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, more preferably a perfluoroalkylene structure in the molecule.
  • the ketone-based solvent 2-A is preferably a ketone having an alkyl group bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group, more preferably a ketone having an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group. and particularly preferably acetone.
  • the amount of the non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. is preferred, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass or less.
  • the amount of non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less, or 0.1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
  • the amount of the fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
  • the amount of fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
  • the amount of ketone solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass or more in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and preferably 75% by mass or less.
  • the amount of ketone solvent 2-A is 20% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. good too.
  • the total amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, and the ketone solvent 2-A is 50% by mass or more when the total amount of the solvent 2 is 100% by mass. preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
  • the solvent 2 is a mixed solvent containing two or more solvents selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, and the ketone solvent 2-A
  • a mixed solvent containing the fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A, or a mixed solvent containing the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A is preferable.
  • the amount of the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A is equal to that of the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A.
  • the ketone-based solvent 2-A in a total of 100% by mass preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less. is preferred, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the solvent 2 is a mixed solvent of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A
  • the amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A is -A and ketone solvent 2-A in total 100% by mass, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the amount of the solvent 2 is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 75% by mass or less when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass.
  • the amount of the solvent 2 when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass may be 20% by mass or less, may be 5% by mass or less, or may be 1% by mass or less. .
  • the content of the solvent 2 relative to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 0.10 parts by mass or more, and It is preferably 300 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the solvent 2 with respect to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) may be 20 parts by mass or less, 10 parts by mass or less, or 3 parts by mass or less.
  • the total amount of solvent 1 and solvent 2 is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, and still more preferably 95% by mass or more when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. , more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or less.
  • the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.10% by mass or more, and 250% by mass or less. is preferably By adjusting the mass ratio of Solvent 1 and Solvent 2 to the above range, the storage stability of the composition can be improved, and the appearance of the obtained laminate can be improved.
  • the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 may be 100% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, or 5% by mass or less. Further, by setting the mass ratio of the solvent 2 to the solvent 1 to 0.2% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less, preferably 2% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition can be further improved. By setting the mass ratio of the solvent 2 to the solvent 1 to 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.05% by mass or less, the sliding angle of the resulting laminate can be made smaller.
  • the total amount of the organosilicon compound (C), the solvent 1 and the solvent 2 is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. , more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a silanol condensation catalyst, an antioxidant, an antirust agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antifungal agent, an antibacterial agent, an antiviral agent, and a biofouling agent, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Various additives such as inhibitors, deodorants, pigments, flame retardants, and antistatic agents may be mixed.
  • the amount of the additive is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the mixed composition of the present invention.
  • the composition of the present invention can be used as a coating agent for the intermediate layer between the substrate and the water-repellent layer.
  • the composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as intermediate layer-forming composition) has excellent storage stability. Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, even if the laminate is obtained using the composition for forming an intermediate layer immediately after preparation, the laminate obtained using the composition for forming an intermediate layer after being stored after preparation Even in the body, the physical properties (preferably abrasion resistance) and/or appearance of the laminate remain good.
  • a laminate including an intermediate layer formed from the intermediate layer-forming composition of the present invention will be described below.
  • the laminate of the present invention is a laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c), and the intermediate layer (c) is composed of the composition of the present invention. It is characterized by being a layer formed from an object.
  • the laminate of the present invention has good water repellency, preferably good water repellency and abrasion resistance.
  • base material (s) The material of the base material (s) is not particularly limited, and may be either an organic material or an inorganic material, and the shape of the base material may be flat, curved, or a combination of these. good.
  • organic materials include acrylic resins, acrylonitrile resins, polycarbonate resins, polyester resins (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate), styrene resins, cellulose resins, polyolefin resins, vinyl resins (e.g., polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinylbenzyl chloride, etc.).
  • thermoplastic resins such as phenol resins, urea resins, melamine resins, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyesters, silicone resins and urethane resins.
  • inorganic materials include metals such as iron, silicon, copper, zinc, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, niobium, tantalum, and lanthanum, metal oxides thereof, alloys containing these metals, ceramics, and glass.
  • organic materials are particularly preferable, and at least one of acrylic resins, polyester resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, epoxy resins, silicone resins, and urethane resins is more preferable, acrylic resins and polyester resins are more preferable, and polyethylene terephthalate. is particularly preferred.
  • inorganic particles organic particles, rubber particles in the substrate (s), and also colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers.
  • colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers.
  • Ingredients such as agents, infrared absorbers, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants and solvents may also be incorporated.
  • the thickness of the substrate (s) is, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more, preferably 10 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 30 ⁇ m or more, and may be 500 ⁇ m or less, preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 150 ⁇ m. Below, more preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 60 ⁇ m or less.
  • Layer (X) In the laminate of the present invention, a layer (X) different from the substrate (s), the intermediate layer (c), and the water-repellent layer (r) is provided between the substrate (s) and the intermediate layer (c). is preferably provided.
  • the layer (X) include layers formed from at least one selected from the group (X1) consisting of active energy ray-curable resins and thermosetting resins.
  • the active energy ray is defined as an energy ray that can generate active species by decomposing a compound that generates active species, and includes visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays and An electron beam etc. can be mentioned.
  • the active energy ray-curable resins include acrylic resins, epoxy resins, oxetane resins, urethane resins, polyamide resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, vinyl resins (polyethylene, vinyl chloride resins, etc.), styrene.
  • UV-curable resins such as phenol-based resins, phenolic resins, vinyl ether-based resins, silicone-based resins, or mixed resins thereof, and electron beam-curable resins are included, and UV-curable resins are particularly preferred.
  • group (X1) acrylic resins, silicone resins, styrene resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyamide resins, phenol resins, and epoxy resins are particularly preferable.
  • the layer (X) is at least one selected from the group (X2) consisting of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, niobium oxide, tantalum oxide, lanthanum oxide, and SiO 2 Layers that are formed can also be mentioned.
  • the thickness of the layer (X) is, for example, 0.1 nm or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 nm or more and 60 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • Hard coat layer (hc) When the layer (X) has a layer formed from at least one selected from the group (X1), the layer (X) can function as a hard coat layer (hc) having surface hardness, The material (s) can be made scratch resistant.
  • the hard coat layer (hc) generally has a pencil hardness of B or higher, preferably HB or higher, more preferably H or higher, and even more preferably 2H or higher.
  • the hard coat layer (hc) may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure.
  • the hard coat layer (hc) preferably contains, for example, the above-described UV-curable resin, and particularly preferably contains an acrylic resin or a silicone resin. is preferred. It is also preferable to contain an epoxy-based resin, since there is a tendency for good adhesion with the water-repellent layer (r) via the intermediate layer (c). A specific method for forming the active energy ray-curable resin and the thermosetting resin constituting the group (X1) will be described later in the column of the display device.
  • the hard coat layer (hc) may contain additives.
  • Additives are not limited and include inorganic microparticles, organic microparticles, or mixtures thereof.
  • additives include ultraviolet absorbers, silica, metal oxides such as alumina, and inorganic fillers such as polyorganosiloxane.
  • the thickness of the hard coat layer (hc) is, for example, 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 3 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the hard coat layer (hc) is 1 ⁇ m or more, sufficient scratch resistance can be ensured, and when it is 100 ⁇ m or less, flex resistance can be ensured, and as a result, curling due to curing shrinkage can be suppressed. becomes.
  • Antireflection layer (ar) When the layer (X) has a layer formed of at least one selected from the group (X2), the layer (X) functions as an antireflection layer (ar) that prevents reflection of incident light. can be done.
  • the antireflection layer (ar) is a layer exhibiting reflection characteristics in which the reflectance is reduced to about 5.0% or less in the visible light region of 380 to 780 nm. is preferably
  • the antireflection layer (ar) preferably comprises a layer formed from silica.
  • the structure of the antireflection layer (ar) is not particularly limited, and may be a single layer structure or a multilayer structure. In the case of a multilayer structure, a structure in which low refractive index layers and high refractive index layers are alternately laminated is preferable, and the number of laminated layers is preferably 2 to 20 in total.
  • Materials for forming the high refractive index layer include oxides of titanium, zirconium, aluminum, niobium, tantalum, or lanthanum, and materials for forming the low refractive index layer include silica.
  • the multilayered antireflection layer has a structure in which SiO 2 (silica) and ZrO 2 or SiO 2 and Nb 2 O 5 are alternately laminated, and the outermost layer on the side opposite to the substrate (s) is SiO 2 . is preferred.
  • the antireflection layer (ar) can be formed by vapor deposition, for example.
  • the thickness of the antireflection layer (ar) is, for example, 0.1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
  • the layer (X) preferably contains at least the hard coat layer (hc), and may contain both the hard coat layer (hc) and the antireflection layer (ar).
  • the laminate of the present invention comprises, from the substrate side, the substrate (s), the hard coat layer (hc) , the antireflection layer (ar), the intermediate layer (c), and the water-repellent layer (r) are preferably laminated in this order.
  • the intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the intermediate layer-forming composition, and is preferably a cured layer of the intermediate layer-forming composition.
  • the intermediate layer (c) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C). As described above, in a preferred embodiment, a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C).
  • the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom is the — derived from the organosilicon compound (C)
  • the intermediate layer (c) should have a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C) because it undergoes dehydration condensation with SiOH groups or active hydrogen (such as hydroxyl groups) on the surface of the laminate where the intermediate layer (c) is formed. is preferred.
  • the intermediate layer (c) can function as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r).
  • the thickness of the intermediate layer (c) is, for example, 1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
  • the water-repellent layer (r) is preferably a layer formed from a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (A) described later (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a composition for forming a water-repellent layer). More preferably, it is a cured layer of a layer-forming composition.
  • Organosilicon compound (A) contains a fluoropolyether structure.
  • the fluoropolyether structure can also be referred to as a fluorooxyalkylene group, and means a structure in which both ends are oxygen atoms.
  • Fluoropolyether structures have liquid repellency, such as water repellency or oil repellency.
  • the fluoropolyether structure is preferably a perfluoropolyether structure.
  • the number of carbon atoms contained in the longest linear portion of the fluoropolyether structure is, for example, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and even more preferably 20 or more.
  • the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 200, preferably 150.
  • the number of silicon atoms in one molecule of the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6.
  • the organosilicon compound (A) preferably contains a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group (hereinafter both are collectively referred to as a reactive group (h3)) in addition to a fluoropolyether structure and a silicon atom, and the More preferably, the reactive group (h3) is bonded to the silicon atom via a linking group or not via a linking group.
  • the reactive group (h3) forms a water-repellent layer with the organosilicon compound (A), with another monomer, with the organosilicon compound (A), or with the organosilicon compound (A) through a hydrolysis/dehydration condensation reaction.
  • the reactive group (h3) is preferably an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a chlorine atom, and particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • the organosilicon compound (A) contains a fluoropolyether structure, a silicon atom and a reactive group (h3)
  • a monovalent group having an oxygen atom of the fluoropolyether structure at the terminal on the bond side hereinafter referred to as an FPE group
  • the silicon atom is bonded with or without a linking group
  • the silicon atom and the reactive group (h3) are bonded with or without a linking group Bonding is preferred.
  • the silicon atom bonded to the reactive group (h3) via the linking group or not via the linking group is the organosilicon compound (A) may be present in one molecule, and the number thereof is, for example, 1 or more and 10 or less.
  • the FPE group may be linear or may have a side chain, and preferably has a side chain.
  • the fluoropolyether structure in the FPE group has a side chain. It preferably has a fluoroalkyl group as a side chain, and the fluoroalkyl group is more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, still more preferably a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the carbon number of the linking group linking the FPE group and the silicon atom is, for example, 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably 2 or more and 15 or less.
  • the FPE group described above is preferably a group in which a fluorine-containing group having a fluoroalkyl group at its end and a perfluoropolyether structure are directly bonded.
  • the fluorine-containing group may be a fluoroalkyl group or a group in which a linking group such as a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is bonded to a fluoroalkyl group, but is preferably a fluoroalkyl group.
  • the fluoroalkyl group is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • fluorine-containing group examples include CF 3 (CF 2 ) p — (p is, for example, 1 to 19, preferably 1 to 10), CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n -, CF 3 (CF 2 ) m -C 6 H 4 - (m is 1 to 10, preferably 3 to 7; n is 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4; CF 3 (CF 2 ) p — or CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n — is preferred.
  • p is, for example, 1 to 19, preferably 1 to 10
  • CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n - CF 3 (CF 2 ) m -C 6 H 4 -
  • m is 1 to 10, preferably 3 to 7
  • n is 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4
  • the reactive group (h3) may be bonded to the silicon atom via a linking group, or may be directly bonded to the silicon atom without the linking group, and is directly bonded to the silicon atom. is preferred.
  • the number of reactive groups (h3) bonded to one silicon atom may be 1 or more, and may be 2 or 3, preferably 2 or 3, particularly 3 preferable.
  • different reactive groups (h3) may be attached to the silicon atom, but the same reactive group (h3) may be attached to the silicon atom. preferably combined.
  • the remaining bonds may be bonded with a monovalent group other than the reactive group (h3), for example, An alkyl group (especially an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), H, NCO, etc. can be bonded.
  • the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (a1).
  • Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 , and Rf a29 are each independently a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom ;
  • Rf a26 When a plurality of Rf a26 are present, a plurality of Rf a26 may be different, when a plurality of Rf a27 are present, a plurality of Rf a27 may be different, and when a plurality of Rf a28 are present, a plurality of Rf a28 may be different from each other, and when a plurality of Rf a29 are present, the plurality of Rf a29 may be different, R 25 and R 26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atom
  • “Arranged in any order and bonded” means that the repeating units are not limited to the order in which the repeating units are consecutively arranged in the order described in formula (a1) above, and f21 units (U a1 ) are consecutively arranged It means that f21 units in total need not be bonded through other units and may be bonded via other units in the middle. The same applies to the units (U a2 ) to (U a6 ) enclosed by f22 to f26.
  • R 27 and R 28 when at least one of R 27 and R 28 is a single bond, the single bond portion of the unit enclosed by f23 and —O— in M 7 are repeatedly bonded to form a branched or cyclic A siloxane bond can be formed.
  • Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 and Rf a29 are preferably each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms. More preferably, it is a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which all hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
  • R 25 and R 26 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, at least one of R 25 and R 26 bonded to one carbon atom is a hydrogen atom, more preferably both are hydrogen is an atom.
  • R 27 and R 28 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
  • R 29 and R 30 are preferably C 1-5 alkyl groups, more preferably C 1-2 alkyl groups.
  • M 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
  • M 10 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • M8 and M9 are preferably each independently an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a chlorine atom, particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • f21, f23, and f24 are each 1/2 or less of f22, more preferably 1/4 or less, still more preferably f23 or f24 is 0, and particularly preferably f23 and f24 are 0 is.
  • f25 is preferably 1/5 or more of the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24 and less than or equal to the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24.
  • f21 is preferably 0-20, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 1-15, and particularly preferably 2-10.
  • f22 is preferably 5 to 600, more preferably 8 to 600, still more preferably 20 to 200, still more preferably 30 to 200, still more preferably 35 to 180, most preferably 40 to 180 is.
  • f23 and f24 are preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 3, still more preferably 0.
  • f25 is preferably 4-600, more preferably 4-200, even more preferably 10-200, still more preferably 30-60.
  • the total value of f21, f22, f23, f24 and f25 is preferably 20-600, more preferably 20-250, even more preferably 50-230.
  • f26 is preferably 0-18, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 0-10, still more preferably 0-5.
  • f27 is preferably 0 to 1, more preferably 0. g21 and g31 are each independently preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
  • g22 and g32 are each independently preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. g21+g22 and g31+g32 are preferably three.
  • both R 25 and R 26 are hydrogen atoms
  • Rf a26 and Rf a27 are fluorine atoms or C 1-2 fluorinated alkyl groups in which all hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
  • M 7 is all —O—, M 8 and M 9 are all methoxy, ethoxy or chlorine atoms (especially methoxy or ethoxy), M 5 is hydrogen and M 10 is a fluorine atom, f21 is 1 to 10 (preferably 2 to 7), f22 is 30 to 200 (more preferably 40 to 180), f23 and f24 are 0, f25 is 30 to 60, and f26 is 0 to 6 , f27 is 0 to 1 (especially preferably 0), g21 and g31 are 1 to 3 (both are preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3), g22 and g32 are 0 to 2 (any is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0), and the compound (a11) in which g21+g22 and g31+g32 are 3 is preferably used as the organosilicon compound (A).
  • the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably represented by the following formula (a2).
  • Rf a1 is a divalent fluoropolyether structure having oxygen atoms at both ends
  • R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 11 , the plurality of R 11 may be different from each other
  • multiple R 12 may be different, and when multiple R 13 are present, multiple R 13 may be different
  • E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , E 4 and E 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • G 1 and G 2 are each independently a divalent to decavalent organosiloxane group having
  • a10 is 0 means that the portion enclosed with a10 is a single bond, and even if a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a21 or a23 is 0 It is the same.
  • Rf a1 is preferably -O-(CF 2 CF 2 O) e4 -, -O-(CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) e5 -, -O-(CF 2 -CF(CF 3 )O) e6 - . Both e4 and e5 are 15-80, and e6 is 3-60.
  • Rf a1 is also preferably a group in which hydrogen atoms are removed from hydroxyl groups at both ends of a structure obtained by randomly dehydrating and condensing p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol, and p+q is It is from 15 to 80, and this aspect of Rf a1 is most preferable.
  • R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • Each of E 1 , E 2 , E 3 and E 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and E 5 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent - ⁇ C(R 25 )(R 26 ) ⁇ -unit (U a1 ) or - ⁇ C(Rf a26 )(Rf a27 ) ⁇ -unit (U a2 )
  • G 1 and G 2 are each independently preferably a divalent to pentavalent organosiloxane group having a siloxane bond.
  • J 1 , J 2 and J 3 are each independently preferably methoxy, ethoxy or --(CH 2 ) e7 --Si(OR 14 ) 3 , more preferably methoxy or ethoxy.
  • a10 is preferably 1, a11 is preferably 0, a12 is preferably 0 to 7, more preferably 0 to 5, a13 is preferably 1 to 3, a14 is preferably 1, a15 is preferably 0, a16 is preferably 0 to 6, more preferably 0 to 3, both a21 and a23 are preferably 0 or 1 (more preferably both are 0), d11 is preferably 1, d12 is preferably 1, e11, Both e21 and e31 are preferably 2 or more, and 3 is also preferable.
  • Each of e12, e22 and e32 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • e11+e12, e21+e22, and e31+e32 are all three. These preferred ranges may be satisfied singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Rf a1 in the above formula (a2) is a structure in which p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol are randomly dehydrated and condensed.
  • both L 1 and L 2 are perfluoroalkylene groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 3), and E 1 , E 2 , and E3 is a hydrogen atom , E4 is a hydrogen atom, E5 is a fluorine atom, and J1, J2, and J3 are all a methoxy group or an ethoxy group (especially a methoxy group); , a10 is 1, a11 is 0, a12 is 0 to 7 (preferably 0 to 5), a13 is 2, a14 is 1, a15 is 0, a16 is 0 to 6 (especially 0), a21 and a23 are each independently 0 or 1 (more preferably both a21 and a23 are 0), d11 is 1, d12 is 1, e11, Compound (a21) wherein e21 and e31 are all 2 to 3 (especially 3), e12, e22 and e32 are all 0
  • Rf a1 in the above formula (a2) is —O—(CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) e5 —, e5 is 15 to 80 (preferably 25 to 40),
  • L 1 is a divalent linking group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms containing a fluorine atom and an oxygen atom,
  • L 2 is a perfluoroalkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and both E 2 and E 3 are hydrogen atoms.
  • E 5 is a fluorine atom
  • J 2 is —(CH 2 ) e7 —Si(OCH 3 ) 3
  • e7 is 2 to 4
  • a10 is 1
  • a11 is 0,
  • a12 is 0,
  • a13 is 2
  • a14 is 1
  • a15 is 0,
  • a16 is 0,
  • d11 is 1, d12 is 1, and
  • e21 is 3 (a22 ) is also preferred.
  • organosilicon compound (A) includes compounds of the following formula (a3).
  • R 30 is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 31 is a structure in which p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol are randomly dehydrated and condensed.
  • the former group is more preferable as R 31 )
  • R 32 is a perfluoroalkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 33 is a trivalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • R 34 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 30 is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 32 is preferably 1-5.
  • h1 is 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6.
  • h2 is 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and may be 3.
  • organosilicon compound (A) a compound represented by the following formula (a4) can also be mentioned.
  • R 40 is a C 2-5 perfluoroalkyl group
  • R 41 is a C 2-5 perfluoroalkylene group
  • R 42 is a C 2-5 a fluoroalkylene group in which some of the hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group are substituted with fluorine
  • R 43 and R 44 are each independently an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 45 is a methyl group or an ethyl group; be.
  • k1 is an integer of 1-5.
  • k2 is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 or more, and may be 3.
  • the number average molecular weight of the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 4,000 or more, still more preferably 5,000 or more, still more preferably 6,000 or more, and particularly preferably 7,000 or more. 000 or more, preferably 40,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and still more preferably 15,000 or less.
  • organosilicon compound (A) only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used.
  • the composition for forming a water-repellent layer is a mixed composition of the organosilicon compound (A), and is obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (A).
  • the water-repellent layer-forming composition can be obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (A) with the other components.
  • the composition for forming a water-repellent layer includes those that have undergone reaction after being mixed, for example, during storage. As an example in which the reaction has progressed, for example, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer has a hydrolyzable group bonded (which may be bonded via a linking group) to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (A).
  • the composition for forming a water-repellent layer may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (A).
  • the -SiOH group (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group) of the resulting organosilicon compound (A) is a -SiOH group derived from the organosilicon compound (A) (Si and OH are linking groups. may be bonded via), or condensates formed by dehydration condensation with —SiOH groups derived from other compounds.
  • the water-repellent layer (r) When the water-repellent layer (r) is a layer formed from the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer (r) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (A).
  • the organosilicon compound (A) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group bonded to a silicon atom (which may be bonded via a linking group), and the organosilicon compound
  • the —SiOH group of (A) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (A) generated by hydrolysis (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group) is derived from the organosilicon compound (A).
  • the water-repellent layer (r) preferably has a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (A).
  • Organosilicon compound (B) The composition for forming a water-repellent layer may further contain an organosilicon compound (B) represented by the following formula (b1).
  • organosilicon compound (B) represented by the following formula (b1).
  • the organic silicon compound (B) is mixed with the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer-forming composition is obtained by mixing the organic silicon compound (A) and the organic silicon compound (B). .
  • the organosilicon compound (B) is present between the organosilicon compounds (A) in the cured film, and has the effect of further improving the slideability of water droplets and the like.
  • the organosilicon compound (B) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group represented by A2 , as will be described later. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group.
  • Rf b10 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
  • R b11 , R b12 , R b13 , and R b14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R b11 are present, the plurality of R b11 are different from each other.
  • the plurality of R b12 When there are a plurality of R b12 , the plurality of R b12 may be different, when there are a plurality of R b13 , the plurality of R b13 may be different, and when there is a plurality of R b14 may be different from each other in a plurality of R b14 , Rf b11 , Rf b12 , Rf b13 , and Rf b14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf b11 are present When there is a plurality of Rf b11, the plurality of Rf b11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf b12 , the plurality of Rf b12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf b13 , the plurality of Rf b
  • Each Rf b10 is independently preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
  • R b11 , R b12 , R b13 and R b14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • R b15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • a 2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen atom, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a chlorine atom.
  • b11 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-25, still more preferably 1-10, particularly preferably 1-5, most preferably 1-2.
  • b12 is preferably 0-15, more preferably 0-10.
  • b13 is preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2.
  • b14 is preferably 0-4, more preferably 0-2.
  • b15 is preferably 0-4, more preferably 0-2.
  • c is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
  • the total value of b11, b12, b13, b14, and b15 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 80 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and still more preferably 20. It is below.
  • Rf b10 is a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • both R b11 and R b12 are hydrogen atoms
  • a 2 is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group
  • b11 is 1 to 5
  • b12 is 0 to 5
  • b13, b14, and b15 are all 0, and c is 3.
  • Specific examples of the compounds represented by the above formula (b1) include C j F 2j+1 -Si-(OCH 3 ) 3 , C j F 2j+1 -Si-(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 (j is an integer of 1 to 12), among which C 4 F 9 —Si—(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , C 6 F 13 —Si—(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , C 7 F 15 — Si--(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 and C 8 F 17 --Si--(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 are preferred.
  • CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSi ( OCH3 ) 3 , CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSi ( OC2H5 ) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 )2Si( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 2Si(CH3)2 ( CH2 ) kSi ( OCH3) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 )2Si( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSi ( OC2H5 ) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kS
  • CF 3 (CF 2 ) p —(CH 2 ) q —Si—(CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 ) 3 may also be mentioned, where p is 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 8, q are all 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4).
  • R 60 is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
  • R 61 is an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 62 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the composition for forming a water-repellent layer includes a composition that has undergone a reaction after mixing the organosilicon compound (A) and the optionally used organosilicon compound (B), and the reaction has proceeded.
  • the composition for forming a water-repellent layer may contain a compound in which the hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (B) is hydrolyzed to form a —SiOH group.
  • the mixed composition may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (B), and the condensate may be a —SiOH group possessed by the organosilicon compound (B) or an organosilicon compound produced by hydrolysis ( Condensates formed by dehydration condensation of —SiOH groups of B) with —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (B) or —SiOH groups derived from other compounds are exemplified.
  • the water-repellent layer (r) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (B).
  • the organosilicon compound (B) represented by the above formula (b1) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group represented by A 2 , and the —SiOH group or hydrolyzed
  • the —SiOH groups of the organosilicon compound (B) generated in the above are —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (B), —SiOH groups derived from other compounds, or the water-repellent layer (r) is formed in the laminate.
  • the water-repellent layer (r) preferably has a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (B) because it undergoes dehydration condensation with the active hydrogen (such as hydroxyl group) on the surface.
  • the water-repellent layer-forming composition is usually mixed with a solvent 4 .
  • a solvent 4 it is preferable to use a fluorine-based solvent.
  • a fluorinated ether-based solvent a fluorinated amine-based solvent, a fluorinated hydrocarbon-based solvent, etc. can be used.
  • fluorinated ether-based solvent hydrofluoroethers such as fluoroalkyl (especially perfluoroalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms)-alkyl (especially methyl group or ethyl group) ether are preferable. Fluoroisobutyl ether may be mentioned.
  • ethyl nonafluorobutyl ether or ethyl nonafluoroisobutyl ether examples include Novec® 7200 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 264).
  • the fluorinated amine-based solvent an amine in which at least one hydrogen atom of ammonia is substituted with a fluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a third Preferred are class amines, specifically tris(heptafluoropropyl)amine, and Fluorinert® FC-3283 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 521) corresponds to this.
  • Fluorinated hydrocarbon solvents include fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane and perfluorohexane, and 1,3-bis(trifluoromethylbenzene). Examples include fluorinated aromatic hydrocarbon solvents. Examples of 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane include Solv 55 (manufactured by Solvex).
  • hydrochlorofluorocarbons such as Asahiklin (registered trademark) AK225 (manufactured by AGC) and hydrofluorocarbons such as Asahiklin (registered trademark) AC2000 (manufactured by AGC) can be used. can.
  • the solvent 4 it is preferable to use at least a fluorinated amine solvent.
  • the solvent 4 it is preferable to use two or more kinds of fluorine-based solvents, and it is preferable to use a fluorinated amine-based solvent and a fluorinated hydrocarbon-based solvent (especially a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon-based solvent).
  • the amount of the organosilicon compound (A) is, for example, 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.05% by mass or more, when the entire composition for forming a water-repellent layer is 100% by mass, Moreover, it is preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.3% by mass or less.
  • the amount of the organosilicon compound (B) is, for example, 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.03% by mass or more, when the entire composition for forming a water-repellent layer is 100% by mass, Moreover, it is preferably 0.3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less.
  • the mass ratio of the organosilicon compound (B) to the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 0.2 or more, more preferably 0.4 or more, and preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 1.0. 5 or less.
  • the total content of the organosilicon compound (A), the organosilicon compound (B), and the solvent 4 is, for example, 90% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, based on 100% by mass of the water-repellent layer-forming composition. is 99% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
  • the water-repellent layer-forming composition contains a silanol condensation catalyst, an antioxidant, an antirust agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antifungal agent, an antibacterial agent, and an antiviral agent, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • biofouling inhibitors, deodorants, pigments, flame retardants, antistatic agents and the like may be mixed.
  • the amount of the additive is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the composition for forming a water-repellent layer.
  • the thickness of the water-repellent layer (r) is, for example, about 1 to 1000 nm.
  • the water contact angle (initial contact angle) of the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention is, for example, 105° or more, preferably 110° or more, and for example, 125° or less.
  • the sliding angle (initial sliding angle) of water on the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention is, for example, 30° or less, preferably 28° or less, and for example, 10° or more.
  • the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention was subjected to an abrasion resistance test in which a load of 1000 g was applied to the area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm and rubbed back and forth 3000 times.
  • the water contact angle (initial wear resistance) on the surface is, for example, 105° or more, preferably 110° or more, and is, for example, 125° or less.
  • the abrasion resistance test is a test in which the water repellent layer (r) side surface of the laminate of the present invention is rubbed back and forth 3000 times with a load of 1000 g on the area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm. Rubbing with a body (preferably an eraser) is preferred.
  • an eraser For example, it is preferable to use an eraser, set the stroke distance in the abrasion resistance test to 40 mm, set the rubbing speed to 40 reciprocations/minute, and measure the contact angle at approximately the center of the stroke area.
  • the load it is sufficient that a pressure equivalent to applying a load of 1000 g per area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm is applied.
  • the water contact angle (abrasion resistance after accelerated test) on the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) is , for example 90° or more, preferably 100° or more, more preferably 105° or more, and for example 120° or less.
  • the wear resistance test was the same as the wear resistance test for measuring the initial wear resistance, except that the number of times of rubbing was reciprocated 1500 times.
  • the method for producing the laminate of the present invention includes (i) the step of forming the intermediate layer (c) on the substrate (s), and (ii) the step of forming the water-repellent layer (r).
  • the intermediate layer-forming composition is applied to the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s).
  • the method for applying the intermediate layer-forming composition include dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, spin coating, spray coating, die coating, gravure coating, and particularly bar coating. , spin coating, die coating, and gravure coating are preferred.
  • the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s) is preferable to subject the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s) to an easy-adhesion treatment before applying the intermediate layer-forming composition.
  • Hydrophilic treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet treatment, etc.
  • an easy adhesion treatment such as plasma treatment
  • OH groups especially when the material of the base material (s) or layer (X) is an epoxy resin
  • COOH groups are formed on the surface of the base material (s) or layer (X).
  • the material of the substrate (s) or layer (X) is an acrylic resin
  • the adhesion between the intermediate layer (c) and the substrate (s) or between the intermediate layer (c) and the layer (X) is further improved.
  • the layer (X) is formed from at least one selected from the group (X1), for example, the layer (X) is based on a composition containing a reactive material that forms a crosslinked structure upon irradiation with an active energy ray or thermal energy.
  • the layer (X) can be formed by coating on the material (s) and curing.
  • the layer (X) can be formed, for example, by a vapor deposition method.
  • the intermediate layer (c) can be formed by curing at room temperature or by heating. Curing conditions are not particularly limited, and may be left at room temperature in the air for, for example, 10 seconds or more. In the present invention, normal temperature means 5 to 60°C, and the intermediate layer (c) can be formed by standing still at a temperature range of preferably 15 to 40°C. After that, it may be further heated (calcined) at a temperature of 50 to 300° C., preferably 100 to 200° C., for about 10 seconds to 60 minutes.
  • the water repellent layer forming composition is applied and cured at room temperature or by heating to form the water repellent layer (r). can be formed.
  • the water-repellent layer (r) can be formed by applying the water-repellent layer-forming composition onto the intermediate layer (c) and drying it.
  • methods for applying the water-repellent layer-forming composition include dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, spin coating, spray coating, die coating, and gravure coating.
  • the conditions after the water-repellent layer-forming composition is applied onto the intermediate layer (c) are not particularly limited, and the water-repellent layer (r) is formed by allowing the composition to stand at room temperature in the air for 10 seconds or longer, for example. can be formed. After that, it may be further heated (calcined) at a temperature of 50 to 300° C., preferably 100 to 200° C., for about 10 seconds to 60 minutes.
  • the laminate of the present invention is suitable for use in display devices, and particularly suitable for flexible display devices.
  • the laminate of the present invention can preferably be used as a front plate in a display device, and the front plate is sometimes called a window film.
  • the display device preferably comprises a display device laminate containing a window film (that is, the laminate of the present invention) and an organic EL display panel. body is placed. Further, in the flexible display device, it is preferable that the laminate for a flexible display device including a window film having flexible characteristics and an organic EL display panel are provided. A laminate is arranged and configured to be foldable.
  • the laminate for a display device (preferably a laminate for a flexible display device) may further contain a polarizing plate (preferably a circularly polarizing plate), a touch sensor, etc. to constitute a touch panel display, and the order of lamination thereof is arbitrary.
  • the layers are laminated in the order of the window film, the polarizing plate and the touch sensor, or in the order of the window film, the touch sensor and the polarizing plate from the viewing side.
  • the polarizing plate is present on the viewing side of the touch sensor, the pattern of the touch sensor becomes less visible and the visibility of the displayed image is improved, which is preferable.
  • Each member can be laminated using an adhesive, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like.
  • the display device preferably flexible display device
  • the window film is arranged on the viewing side of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) and plays a role of protecting other components from external shocks or environmental changes such as temperature and humidity.
  • Glass may be used as such a protective layer, and in a flexible image display device, a material having flexible properties may be used for the window film instead of being rigid and hard like glass. Therefore, when the laminate of the present invention is used as a window film in a flexible display device, the substrate (s) is preferably made of a flexible transparent substrate, and at least one surface of the substrate (s) is coated with a hard coat. Layers may be laminated.
  • the transparent substrate has a visible light transmittance of, for example, 70% or more, preferably 80% or more.
  • Any transparent polymer film can be used as the transparent substrate.
  • polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, norbornene, or cycloolefin derivatives having a monomer unit containing cycloolefin, (modified) cellulose such as diacetyl cellulose, triacetyl cellulose, and propionyl cellulose acrylics such as methyl methacrylate (co)polymers, polystyrenes such as styrene (co)polymers, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers Polyvinyl chlorides, polyvinylidene chlorides, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene n
  • polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • transparent substrates described above preferred are polyamide films, polyamideimide films, polyimide films, polyester films, olefin films, acrylic films, and cellulose films, which are excellent in transparency and heat resistance. It is also preferable to disperse inorganic particles such as silica, organic fine particles, rubber particles, etc. in the polymer film.
  • colorants such as pigments and dyes, optical brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, infrared absorbers, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, etc. may contain a compounding agent.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. Particularly when used in a flexible image display device, the thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 60 ⁇ m or less.
  • the hard coat layer when the laminate of the present invention is used as a window film is also the same as the hard coat layer (hc) described above.
  • the hard coat layer (hc) is preferably formed from an active energy ray-curable resin and a thermosetting resin. It can be formed by curing a hardcoat composition containing the forming reactive material.
  • the hard coat composition contains at least one polymer of a radically polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
  • the radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group.
  • the radically polymerizable group possessed by the radically polymerizable compound may be any functional group capable of causing a radical polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include a group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. Specific examples include a vinyl group and a (meth)acryloyl group.
  • these radically polymerizable groups may be the same or different.
  • the number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably two or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
  • the radically polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having a (meth)acryloyl group from the viewpoint of high reactivity, and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer having 2 to 6 (meth)acryloyl groups in one molecule.
  • Compounds called epoxy (meth) acrylate, urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate and oligomers having several (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule and having a molecular weight of several hundred to several thousand are preferred. Available. It preferably contains one or more selected from epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate and polyester (meth)acrylate.
  • the cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a vinyl ether group.
  • the number of cationically polymerizable groups in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably two or more, more preferably three or more, from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
  • a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as a cationically polymerizable group is preferable.
  • a cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group is preferable from the viewpoint that shrinkage accompanying a polymerization reaction is small.
  • compounds having epoxy groups are readily available in various structures, do not adversely affect the durability of the resulting hard coat layer, and are easy to control compatibility with radically polymerizable compounds. There is an advantage.
  • the oxetanyl group tends to have a higher degree of polymerization than the epoxy group, is less toxic, accelerates the rate of network formation obtained from the cationically polymerizable compound in the resulting hard coat layer, and radicals It has the advantage of forming an independent network without leaving unreacted monomers in the film even in a region where the polymerizable compound is mixed.
  • Examples of cationic polymerizable compounds having an epoxy group include polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols having an alicyclic ring, or compounds containing cyclohexene rings or cyclopentene rings, which are treated with a suitable oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid.
  • Alicyclic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its alkylene oxide adduct, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid, homopolymer of glycidyl (meth)acrylate, Aliphatic epoxy resins such as copolymers; bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F and hydrogenated bisphenol A, or derivatives such as alkylene oxide adducts and caprolactone adducts thereof, and glycidyl ethers produced by reaction with epichlorohydrin, and glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols such as novolak epoxy resins.
  • the hard coat composition may further include a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to promote radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.
  • Any radical polymerization initiator may be used as long as it can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating.
  • thermal radical polymerization initiators include organic peroxides such as hydrogen peroxide and perbenzoic acid, and azo compounds such as azobisbutyronitrile.
  • active energy ray radical polymerization initiators Type 1 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by decomposition of molecules and Type 2 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by hydrogen abstraction type reaction in coexistence with tertiary amines are used. Yes, each can be used alone or in combination.
  • the cationic polymerization initiator should be capable of releasing a substance that initiates cationic polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating.
  • cationic polymerization initiators aromatic iodonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, cyclopentadienyl iron (II) complexes and the like can be used. Depending on their structural differences, they can initiate cationic polymerization either by irradiation with active energy rays or by heating.
  • the polymerization initiator can be included in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the hard coat composition as a whole. If the content of the polymerization initiator is less than 0.1% by weight, curing may not proceed sufficiently, and it may be difficult to realize the mechanical properties and adhesion of the finally obtained coating film. If the content is more than % by weight, adhesion failure, cracking, and curling may occur due to cure shrinkage.
  • the hard coat composition may further contain one or more selected from the group consisting of solvents and additives.
  • the solvent is capable of dissolving or dispersing the polymerizable compound and the polymerization initiator, and any solvent known as a solvent for hard coat compositions in this technical field can be used without limitation.
  • the additives may further include inorganic particles, leveling agents, stabilizers, surfactants, antistatic agents, lubricants, antifouling agents, and the like.
  • the display device (preferably flexible display device) of the present invention preferably includes a polarizing plate, especially a circularly polarizing plate.
  • a circularly polarizing plate is a functional layer having a function of transmitting only a right-handed or left-handed circularly polarized light component by laminating a ⁇ /4 retardation plate on a linearly polarizing plate. For example, by converting external light into right-handed circularly polarized light and blocking the left-handed circularly polarized light reflected by the organic EL panel, and allowing only the luminescent component of the organic EL to pass through, the effect of the reflected light is suppressed to create an image. used to make it easier to see.
  • the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the slow axis of the ⁇ /4 retardation plate should theoretically be 45 degrees, but in practice they are 45 ⁇ 10 degrees.
  • the linear polarizing plate and the ⁇ /4 retardation plate do not necessarily have to be laminated adjacent to each other as long as the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow axis satisfies the above range.
  • the circularly polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptically polarizing plate. It is also preferable to further laminate a ⁇ /4 retardation film on the visible side of the linear polarizing plate to circularly polarize the emitted light, thereby improving the visibility when wearing polarized sunglasses.
  • a linear polarizer is a functional layer that passes light oscillating in the direction of the transmission axis, but blocks the polarization of the oscillating component perpendicular to it.
  • the linear polarizing plate may have a configuration including a linear polarizer alone or a linear polarizer and a protective film attached to at least one surface of the linear polarizer.
  • the thickness of the linear polarizing plate may be 200 ⁇ m or less, preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the linear polarizing plate is within the above range, the flexibility of the linear polarizing plate tends to be less likely to decrease.
  • the linear polarizer may be a film-type polarizer manufactured by dyeing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PVA) film.
  • a dichroic dye such as iodine is adsorbed on a PVA-based film that has been oriented by stretching, or the film is stretched while adsorbed to PVA, thereby aligning the dichroic dye and exhibiting polarizing performance.
  • the production of the film-type polarizer may include other steps such as swelling, cross-linking with boric acid, washing with an aqueous solution, and drying.
  • the stretching and dyeing processes may be carried out on the PVA-based film alone, or may be carried out while it is laminated with another film (stretching resin base material) such as polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the thickness of the PVA-based film used is preferably 3 to 100 ⁇ m, and the draw ratio is preferably 2 to 10 times.
  • a method for producing a laminate of a stretchable resin base material and a PVA-based resin layer a method of applying a coating liquid containing a PVA-based resin to the surface of the stretchable resin base material and drying it is preferable.
  • the manufacturing method includes the step of stretching and dyeing the PVA-based resin layer and the resin substrate for stretching in the state of a laminate, even if the PVA-based resin layer is thin, it is supported by the resin substrate for stretching.
  • the film can be stretched without problems such as breakage due to stretching.
  • the thickness of the polarizer is 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 12 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 9 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 1 to 8 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 3 to 6 ⁇ m. If it is within the above range, it becomes a preferred embodiment without inhibiting bending.
  • the polarizer is a liquid crystal coated polarizer formed by applying a liquid crystal polarizing composition.
  • the liquid crystal polarizing composition may contain a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound.
  • the liquid crystalline compound only needs to have a property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and it is particularly preferable to have a high-order alignment state such as a smectic phase because high polarizing performance can be exhibited.
  • the liquid crystalline compound preferably has a polymerizable functional group.
  • the dichroic dye compound is a dye that exhibits dichroism by aligning with the liquid crystalline compound, and may have a polymerizable functional group, and the dichroic dye itself has liquid crystallinity.
  • the liquid crystal polarizing composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
  • the liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film to form a liquid crystal polarizing layer.
  • the liquid crystal polarizing layer can be formed thinner than the film-type polarizer, and the thickness is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the alignment film is produced, for example, by coating an alignment film-forming composition on a substrate and imparting alignment properties by rubbing, polarized light irradiation, or the like.
  • the alignment film-forming composition contains an alignment agent, and may further contain a solvent, a cross-linking agent, an initiator, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
  • the alignment agent include polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamic acids, and polyimides.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer used as the alignment agent is, for example, about 10,000 to 1,000,000.
  • the thickness of the alignment film is preferably 5 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less, and more preferably 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less in terms of sufficiently expressing the alignment control force.
  • the liquid crystal polarizing layer can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferring, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
  • any transparent polymer film can be used, and the same materials and additives as those used for the transparent base material of the window film can be used.
  • Cellulose-based films, olefin-based films, acrylic films, and polyester-based films are preferred.
  • It may also be a coating-type protective film obtained by applying and curing a cationic curable composition such as an epoxy resin or a radical curable composition such as an acrylate.
  • the protective film may optionally contain plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, and antioxidants. , a lubricant, a solvent, and the like.
  • the thickness of the protective film is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the protective film is within the above range, the flexibility of the film tends to be less likely to decrease.
  • the protective film can also serve as the transparent base material of the window film.
  • the ⁇ /4 retardation plate is a film that provides a ⁇ /4 retardation in a direction (in-plane direction of the film) perpendicular to the traveling direction of incident light.
  • the ⁇ /4 retardation plate may be a stretched retardation plate manufactured by stretching a polymer film such as a cellulose film, an olefin film, or a polycarbonate film.
  • the ⁇ / 4 retardation plate if necessary, retardation modifiers, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers agents, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, and the like.
  • the thickness of the stretched retardation plate is preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. When the thickness of the stretched retardation plate is within the above range, the flexibility of the stretched retardation plate tends to be less likely to decrease.
  • the ⁇ /4 retardation plate is a liquid crystal coated retardation plate formed by coating a liquid crystal composition.
  • the liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound exhibiting a liquid crystal state such as nematic, cholesteric, or smectic.
  • the liquid crystalline compound has a polymerizable functional group.
  • the liquid crystal composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
  • the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be produced by applying a liquid crystal composition on a base and curing to form a liquid crystal retardation layer in the same manner as the liquid crystal polarizing layer.
  • the liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be formed thinner than the stretching type retardation plate.
  • the thickness of the liquid crystal polarizing layer is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferred, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
  • the in-plane retardation is preferably 100 nm or more so that it is ⁇ /4 around 560 nm where visibility is high. It is designed to be 180 nm or less, more preferably 130 nm or more and 150 nm or less.
  • a reverse-dispersion ⁇ /4 retardation plate using a material having a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic opposite to that of a normal one is preferable in terms of good visibility.
  • the stretched retardation plate for example, those described in JP-A-2007-232873 and the like for the stretched retardation plate, and those described in JP-A-2010-30979 and the like for the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be used.
  • a technique of obtaining a broadband ⁇ /4 retardation plate by combining with a ⁇ /2 retardation plate is also known (for example, JP-A-10-90521).
  • the ⁇ /2 retardation plate is also manufactured by a material method similar to that of the ⁇ /4 retardation plate.
  • the combination of the stretched retardation plate and the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate is arbitrary, but the thickness of both can be reduced by using the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate.
  • a method is known in which a positive C plate is laminated on the circularly polarizing plate in order to improve the visibility in the oblique direction (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-224837).
  • the positive C-plate may be either a liquid crystal-coated retardation plate or a stretched retardation plate.
  • the retardation in the thickness direction of the retardation plate is preferably ⁇ 200 nm or more and ⁇ 20 nm or less, more preferably ⁇ 140 nm or more and ⁇ 40 nm or less.
  • a display device preferably a flexible display device including the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a touch sensor as described above.
  • a touch sensor is used as an input means.
  • the touch sensor there are various types such as a resistive film type, a surface acoustic wave type, an infrared type, an electromagnetic induction type, and an electrostatic capacity type, and the capacitive type is preferred.
  • a capacitive touch sensor is divided into an active area and a non-active area located outside the active area. The active area is an area corresponding to the area (display part) where the screen is displayed on the display panel, and is an area where a user's touch is sensed. display area).
  • the touch sensor preferably includes a flexible substrate, a sensing pattern formed in an active region of the substrate, and an external driving circuit formed in a non-active region of the substrate through the sensing pattern and a pad portion.
  • each sensing line for connecting to a As the flexible substrate the same material as the transparent substrate of the window film can be used.
  • the substrate of the touch sensor preferably has a toughness of 2,000 MPa % or more from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks in the touch sensor. More preferably, the toughness is 2,000 MPa% or more and 30,000 MPa% or less.
  • the toughness is defined as the lower area of a stress-strain curve obtained through a tensile test of a polymeric material, up to the breaking point.
  • the sensing patterns may include first patterns formed in a first direction and second patterns formed in a second direction.
  • the first pattern and the second pattern are arranged in different directions.
  • the first pattern and the second pattern are formed in the same layer, and each pattern should be electrically connected to sense a touched point.
  • the first pattern has a form in which a plurality of unit patterns are connected to each other through joints, while the second pattern has a structure in which a plurality of unit patterns are separated from each other in an island form.
  • a separate bridge electrode is required for direct connection.
  • a well-known transparent electrode can be applied to the electrode for connection of the second pattern.
  • Materials for the transparent electrode include, for example, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), and indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO). , cadmium tin oxide (CTO), PEDOT (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)), carbon nanotube (CNT), graphene, metal wire, etc., preferably ITO. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the metal used for the metal wire is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium,nium, chromium, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be done.
  • a bridge electrode may be formed on the insulating layer above the sensing pattern with an insulating layer interposed therebetween, and the bridge electrode may be formed on the substrate, and the insulating layer and the sensing pattern may be formed thereon.
  • the bridge electrode may be made of the same material as the sensing pattern, and may be made of molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or an alloy of two or more of these. can. Since the first pattern and the second pattern should be electrically insulated, an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridge electrode.
  • the insulating layer can be formed only between the joints of the first pattern and the bridge electrodes, or can be formed as a layer covering the entire sensing pattern. In the case of a layer covering the entire sensing pattern, the bridge electrode can connect the second pattern through contact holes formed in the insulating layer.
  • the touch sensor is induced by a difference in transmittance between a patterned area where a sensing pattern is formed and a non-patterned area where no sensing pattern is formed, specifically by a difference in refractive index in these areas.
  • An optical adjustment layer may further be included between the substrate and the electrode as a means for properly compensating for differences in optical transmittance.
  • the optical modulating layer can comprise an inorganic insulating material or an organic insulating material.
  • the optical control layer may be formed by coating a photocurable composition containing a photocurable organic binder and a solvent on a substrate.
  • the photocurable composition may further include inorganic particles. The inorganic particles can increase the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer.
  • the photocurable organic binder includes a copolymer of each monomer such as an acrylate-based monomer, a styrene-based monomer, and a carboxylic acid-based monomer within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. be able to.
  • the photocurable organic binder may be, for example, a copolymer containing different repeating units such as epoxy group-containing repeating units, acrylate repeating units, and carboxylic acid repeating units.
  • examples of the inorganic particles include zirconia particles, titania particles, and alumina particles.
  • the photocurable composition may further include additives such as a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing aid.
  • each layer (window film, circularly polarizing plate, touch sensor) forming the laminate for the display device (preferably a flexible image display device) and film members (linear polarizing plate, ⁇ /4 retardation plate, etc.) constituting each layer are It can be joined with an adhesive.
  • the adhesive include water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent volatile adhesives, moisture-curable adhesives, heat-curable adhesives, anaerobic-curable adhesives, and active energy ray-curable adhesives.
  • adhesives such as adhesives, curing agent-mixed adhesives, hot-melt adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives (adhesives), and rewetting adhesives can be used, preferably water-based solvent volatilization.
  • a type adhesive, an active energy ray-curable adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the desired adhesive strength and the like, and is preferably 0.01 to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • a plurality of adhesive layers are present in the laminate for a display device (preferably a flexible image display device), and the respective thicknesses and types may be the same or different.
  • water-based solvent volatilization adhesive water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol-based polymers and starch, and polymers in a water-dispersed state such as ethylene-vinyl acetate-based emulsions and styrene-butadiene-based emulsions can be used as main polymers.
  • crosslinking agents silane compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, organic solvents, and the like may be added.
  • adhesion can be imparted by injecting the water-based solvent volatilization type adhesive between the layers to be adhered, laminating the layers to be adhered, and then drying.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
  • the active energy ray-curable adhesive can be formed by curing an active energy ray-curable composition containing a reactive material that forms an adhesive layer upon irradiation with an active energy ray.
  • the active energy ray-curable composition can contain at least one polymer of the same radically polymerizable compound and cationic polymerizable compound as those contained in the hard coat composition.
  • the radically polymerizable compound the same compound as the radically polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
  • As the cationic polymerizable compound the same compound as the cationic polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
  • Epoxy compounds are particularly preferred as the cationic polymerizable compound used in the active energy ray-curable composition. It is also preferred to contain a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent in order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition.
  • the active energy ray composition can contain a monofunctional compound to reduce viscosity.
  • the monofunctional compound include acrylate-based monomers having one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule, compounds having one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) ) acrylates and the like.
  • the active energy ray composition can further contain a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and these are appropriately selected and used.
  • the active energy ray-curable composition further includes an ion scavenger, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow viscosity modifier, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent solvent, an additive, and a solvent.
  • the active energy ray-curable composition is applied to one or both of the layers to be adhered, and then laminated, and any adherend layer is adhered. Alternatively, both layers to be adhered can be adhered by irradiating them with active energy rays for curing.
  • the adhesive layer preferably has a thickness of 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
  • the adhesive may contain a cross-linking agent, a silane compound, an ionic compound, a cross-linking catalyst, an antioxidant, a tackifier, a plasticizer, a dye, a pigment, an inorganic filler, and the like.
  • An adhesive layer is formed by dissolving and dispersing each component constituting the adhesive in a solvent to obtain an adhesive composition, applying the adhesive composition on a substrate and then drying it. be.
  • the adhesive layer may be formed directly, or may be transferred after being separately formed on the substrate.
  • the adhesive layer preferably has a thickness of 0.1 to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
  • the light shielding pattern can be applied as at least part of a bezel or housing of the display device (preferably a flexible image display device). The visibility of the image is improved by hiding the wiring arranged at the peripheral portion of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) by the light-shielding pattern and making it difficult to see.
  • the light shielding pattern may be in the form of a single layer or multiple layers.
  • the color of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and various colors such as black, white, and metallic color may be used.
  • the light-shielding pattern may be formed of pigments for realizing colors and polymers such as acryl-based resins, ester-based resins, epoxy-based resins, polyurethanes, and silicones.
  • the light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, lithography, and inkjet.
  • the thickness of the light-shielding pattern is preferably 1-100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2-50 ⁇ m. It is also preferable to impart a shape such as an inclination in the thickness direction of the light shielding pattern.
  • Example 1 A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane described in JP-A-2012-197330, represented by the following formula as an organosilicon compound (C) (trade name ;X-12-5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was mixed with 0.25% by mass, 99.50% by mass of butyl acetate as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone as solvent 2. A solution was stirred at room temperature. Then, intermediate layer-forming composition 1 was obtained.
  • organosilicon compound (C) trade name ;X-12-5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Example 2 Intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.70% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.05% by mass of ethanol was used as solvent 2.
  • Example 3 An intermediate layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol was used as solvent 2.
  • Example 4 Intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.45% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone and 0.05% by mass of ethanol were used as solvent 2. Obtained.
  • Example 5 Intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 97.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 2.50% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
  • Example 6 An intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.73% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.025% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
  • Example 7 Intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 28.50% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 71.25% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
  • Example 8 An intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.50% by mass of diacetone alcohol was used as solvent 2.
  • Example 9 In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 3-(trimethoxysilyl)propan-1-amine (KBM-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) represented by the following formula was used as the organosilicon compound (C). An intermediate layer forming composition 9 was obtained.
  • Comparative example 1 A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: X-12- 5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 99.75% by mass of toluene as solvent 1 were stirred at room temperature to obtain intermediate layer forming composition 10 .
  • Table 1 shows the Hansen solubility parameters and the ratio ( ⁇ H/ ⁇ D) of the solvent used in the composition for forming the intermediate layer, and X-12-5263HP and X-12-5263HP calculated based on the above formula (E.1). shows the distance Ra of the Hansen Solubility Parameter of .
  • the Hansen solubility parameters in Table 1 are for butyl acetate, toluene, acetone, ethanol, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol, and
  • acetone alcohol the values registered in the HSPiP version 5.2.05 database are shown, and for X-12-5263HP, the values calculated by the "measurement of Hansen solubility parameter by dissolving sphere method" described later are shown. .
  • solubility spheres were created using the above-mentioned melting sphere method.
  • the center coordinates of the resulting solubility sphere were taken as the Hansen solubility parameters of X-12-5263HP.
  • composition for forming water-repellent layer A compound (a10) satisfying the above formula (a3) as the organosilicon compound (A), FAS13E(C 6 F 13 —C 2 H 4 —Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 as the organosilicon compound (B), Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.) and FC-3283 (C 9 F 21 N, Fluorinert, manufactured by 3M) as solvent 4 were mixed and stirred at room temperature for a predetermined time to obtain a composition for forming a water-repellent layer.
  • the ratio of the organosilicon compound (A) in the water-repellent layer-forming composition was 0.085% by mass, and the ratio of the organosilicon compound (B) was 0.05% by mass.
  • the compound (a10) used as the organosilicon compound (A) is a compound that satisfies the requirements of the above-described compounds (a11) and (a21) and also satisfies the requirements of formula (a3) including preferred embodiments.
  • Example 10 The intermediate layer-forming composition obtained above is applied onto the hard coat layer of a polyethylene terephthalate substrate having a hard coat layer whose surface to be coated is activated using an atmospheric pressure plasma device (manufactured by Fuji Machine Manufacturing Co., Ltd.). 1 was applied under the conditions of 0.5 ml and 100 mm/sec using an OPTICOAT MS-A100 (bar coater) manufactured by MIKASA Co., Ltd., #2 bar, and dried at 100 ° C. for 30 seconds to form an intermediate layer. . Thereafter, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer was applied onto the intermediate layer under the same conditions as above and dried at 100° C. for 30 seconds to form a water-repellent layer.
  • Example 11 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, an intermediate layer-forming composition 1 subjected to an acceleration test described later was used.
  • Example 12 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 13 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Example 14 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 15 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Example 16 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 17 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Example 18 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 19 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 5 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Example 20 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 21 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Example 22 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 23 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 7 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Example 24 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 25 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Example 26 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Example 27 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • Comparative example 2 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
  • Comparative example 3 A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
  • compositions and laminates obtained in the above examples and comparative examples were evaluated by the following methods.
  • Table 3 shows the results.
  • Visual confirmation of the surface of the coating film after the accelerated test. Check the condition of the surface. Sensory evaluation was carried out by assigning ⁇ when the surface was colorless and transparent, and x when unevenness or foreign substances were observed on the surface.
  • Laminates having layers formed from the composition of the present invention can be used for display devices such as touch panel displays, optical elements, semiconductor elements, building materials, nanoimprint technology, solar cells, window glasses for automobiles and buildings, and metals such as cooking utensils. It can be suitably used for products, ceramic products such as tableware, plastic automobile parts, etc., and is industrially useful. It is also preferably used for items such as kitchens, bathrooms, washbasins, mirrors, and members around toilets.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Silicon Polymers (AREA)
  • Detergent Compositions (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is a mixed composition of solvent 1, solvent 2, and an organic silicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, wherein when the ratio of the hydrogen bond parameter (δH) and the dispersion parameter (δD) of Hansen solubility is δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410 and the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 2 is 0.410 or greater.

Description

混合組成物mixed composition
 本発明は、混合組成物及び該組成物より形成された中間層を含む積層体に関する。 The present invention relates to a laminate including a mixed composition and an intermediate layer formed from the composition.
 タッチパネルディスプレイ等の表示装置、光学素子、半導体素子、建築材料、自動車や建物の窓ガラス等の種々の分野において、基材の表面に撥水性を付与することが求められている。そのため、様々な撥水性の皮膜が、撥水コーティング又は撥水撥油コーティングなどとして用いられている。 In various fields such as display devices such as touch panel displays, optical elements, semiconductor elements, building materials, window glass of automobiles and buildings, it is required to impart water repellency to the surface of the base material. Therefore, various water-repellent films are used as water-repellent coatings or water- and oil-repellent coatings.
 撥水性の皮膜は、通常、基材の上に形成して用いられ、撥水性皮膜形成用組成物を基材に塗布するに際しては、基材に予めプライマー層などの他の層を形成した後に、前記組成物を塗布して撥水コーティング又は撥水撥油コーティングを形成する場合がある。 A water-repellent film is usually used by being formed on a substrate, and when applying a composition for forming a water-repellent film to a substrate, it is necessary to form other layers such as a primer layer on the substrate in advance. , the composition may be applied to form a water-repellent coating or a water- and oil-repellent coating.
 例えば特許文献1には、ガラス転移温度が80℃以上である硬化塗膜(I)の表面に、酸化処理を行い、次いで該処理面にイソシアネート基含有不飽和化合物及びイソシアネート基含有シラン化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する組成物(A)を塗布し乾燥させてプライマー層(II)を形成した後、該プライマー層と反応し得る反応性基を有する機能層(III)を形成することにより、硬化塗膜面に撥水性等の機能層を形成できることが開示されている。 For example, in Patent Document 1, the surface of a cured coating film (I) having a glass transition temperature of 80 ° C. or higher is subjected to oxidation treatment, and then the treated surface is selected from isocyanate group-containing unsaturated compounds and isocyanate group-containing silane compounds. After forming the primer layer (II) by applying and drying the composition (A) containing at least one of the , that a functional layer such as water repellency can be formed on the surface of the cured coating film.
特開2014-193988号公報JP 2014-193988 A
 ここで、プライマー層用組成物は保存中に外観又は特性が劣化する場合があった。そこで本発明は、保存安定性に優れた組成物の提供を目的とする。 Here, the appearance or properties of the primer layer composition may deteriorate during storage. Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a composition having excellent storage stability.
 上記課題を解決した本発明は、以下の通りである。
[1] アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物(C)と、溶剤1と、溶剤2の混合組成物であって、
 ハンセン溶解度パラメータにおける水素結合項(δH)と分散項(δD)との比率をδH/δDとしたとき、溶剤1の比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満であり、溶剤2の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上である混合組成物。
[2] 溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比が、0.01質量%以上、250質量%以下である[1]に記載の組成物。
[3] 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、又は式(E.1)に基づいて算出される有機ケイ素化合物(C)とのハンセン溶解度パラメータの距離Raが5(J/cm30.5以下の有機溶剤2-Bを含む[1]又は[2]に記載の組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000005
[式中、
 δD1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm30.5
 δD2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm30.5
 δP1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm30.5
 δP2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm30.5
 δH1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm30.5
 δH2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm30.5である]
[4] 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A及び有機溶剤2-Bを含む[3]に記載の組成物。
[5] 溶剤1がエステル系溶剤である[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
[6] 有機ケイ素化合物(C)における少なくとも1つのケイ素原子に、加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合している[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
[7] 有機ケイ素化合物(C)が、式(c1)~(c3)のいずれかで表される化合物である[1]~[6]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 上記式(c1)中、
 Rx11、Rx12、Rx13、Rx14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rfx11、Rfx12、Rfx13、Rfx14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rx15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx15が複数存在する場合は複数のRx15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 X11は、加水分解性基であり、X11が複数存在する場合は複数のX11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Y11は、-NH-、又は-S-であり、Y11が複数存在する場合は複数のY11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Z11は、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、イソシアネート基、イソシアヌレート基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基であり、
 p1は、1~20の整数であり、p2、p3、p4は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p5は、0~10の整数であり、
 p6は、1~3の整数であり、
 Z11がアミノ基でない場合は-NH-であるY11を少なくとも1つ有し、Y11が全て-S-である場合又はp5が0である場合はZ11がアミノ基であり、
 Z11-、-Si(X11p6(Rx153-p6、p1個の-{C(Rx11)(Rx12)}-単位(Uc11)、p2個の-{C(Rfx11)(Rfx12)}-単位(Uc12)、p3個の-{Si(Rx13)(Rx14)}-単位(Uc13)、p4個の-{Si(Rfx13)(Rfx14)}-単位(Uc14)、p5個の-Y11-単位(Uc15)は、Z11-が式(c1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(X11p6(Rx153-p6が他方の末端となり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Uc11)~単位(Uc15)が任意の順で並んで結合する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 上記式(c2)中、
 Rx20及びRx21は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rfx20及びRfx21は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rx22及びRx23はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx22及びRx23が複数存在する場合は複数のRx22及びRx23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 X20及びX21はそれぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X20及びX21が複数存在する場合は複数のX20及びX21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 p20は、それぞれ独立して1~30の整数であり、p21は、それぞれ独立して0~30の整数であり、p20又はp21を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つは、アミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、前記アミン骨格におけるR100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 p22及びp23はそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数であり、
 p20個の-{C(Rx20)(Rx21)}-単位(Uc21)、p21個の-{C(Rfx20)(Rfx21)}-単位(Uc22)は、p20個の単位(Uc21)又はp21個の単位(Uc22)が連続である必要はなく、それぞれの単位(Uc21)及び単位(Uc22)が任意の順で並んで結合し、式(c2)で表される化合物の一方の末端が-Si(X20p22(Rx223-p22となり、他方の末端が-Si(X21p23(Rx233-p23となる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
上記式(c3)中、
 Z31、Z32は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基であり、
 Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Y31は、-NH-、-N(CH3)-又は-O-であり、Y31が複数存在する場合は複数のY31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 X31、X32、X33、X34は、それぞれ独立に、-ORc(Rcは、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はアミノC1-3アルキルジC1-3アルコキシシリル基である)であり、X31が複数存在する場合は複数のX31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X32が複数存在する場合は複数のX32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X33が複数存在する場合は複数のX33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X34が複数存在する場合は複数のX34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 p31は、0~20の整数であり、p32、p33、p34は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p35は、0~5の整数であり、p36は、1~10の整数であり、p37は0又は1であり、
 Z31及びZ32の少なくとも一方がアミノ基であるか、又はY31の少なくとも一つが-NH-又は-N(CH3)-であるという条件を満たし、かつ式(c3)で表される化合物の一方の末端がZ31-であり、他方の末端がZ32-であり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、p31個の-{C(Rx31)(Rx32)}-単位(Uc31)、p32個の-{C(Rfx31)(Rfx32)}-単位(Uc32)、p33個の-{Si(Rx33)(Rx34)}-単位(Uc33)、p34個の-{Si(Rfx33)(Rfx34)}-単位(Uc34)、p35個の-Y31-単位(Uc35)、p36個の-{Si(X31)(X32)-O}-単位(Uc36)、p37個の-{Si(X33)(X34)}-単位(Uc37)がそれぞれ任意の順で並んで結合して構成される。
[8] 有機ケイ素化合物(C)の含有量が、0.005質量%以上5質量%以下である[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の組成物。
[9] 基材(s)及び撥水層(r)が、中間層(c)を介して積層された積層体であって、
 前記中間層(c)が、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の組成物から形成される層である積層体。
[10] 基材(s)が、有機系材料で構成される基材である[9]に記載の積層体。
[11] [9]又は[10]に記載の積層体を含むウインドウフィルム又はタッチパネルディスプレイ。
The present invention, which has solved the above problems, is as follows.
[1] A mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, a solvent 1, and a solvent 2,
When the ratio of the hydrogen bonding term (δH) and the dispersion term (δD) in the Hansen solubility parameters is δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio of solvent 2 (δH /δD) is 0.410 or more.
[2] The composition according to [1], wherein the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is 0.01% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less.
[3] Solvent 2 has a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) The composition according to [1] or [2] containing 0.5 or less organic solvent 2-B.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000005
[In the formula,
δD1: dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δD2: dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP1: the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP2: Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δH1: hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δH2: Hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5 ]
[4] The composition according to [3], wherein the solvent 2 comprises a non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A and an organic solvent 2-B.
[5] The composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein solvent 1 is an ester solvent.
[6] The composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to at least one silicon atom in the organosilicon compound (C).
[7] The composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the organosilicon compound (C) is a compound represented by any one of formulas (c1) to (c3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
In the above formula (c1),
R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple R x11 , the multiple R x11 may be different. may be different when there are a plurality of R x12 ; when there are a plurality of R x13 , a plurality of R x13 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x14 ,
Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x11, the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different,
R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different,
X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different,
Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different,
Z 11 is a vinyl group, α-methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group;
p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p5 is an integer of 0 to 10,
p6 is an integer from 1 to 3,
has at least one Y 11 which is —NH— when Z 11 is not an amino group; when all Y 11 are —S— or when p5 is 0, Z 11 is an amino group;
Z 11 -, -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 , p1 -{C(R x11 )(R x12 )}-units (U c11 ), p2 -{C(Rf x11 ) (Rf x12 )}-unit (U c12 ), p3-{Si (R x13 ) (R x14 )}-unit (U c13 ), p4-{Si (Rf x13 )(Rf x14 )} The - unit (U c14 ) and p5 -Y 11 - units (U c15 ) form one end of the compound represented by the formula (c1) where Z 11 - is, and -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 is the other terminal, and the respective units (U c11 ) to (U c15 ) are aligned and bonded in any order unless —O— is linked to —O—.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
In the above formula (c2),
R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; When a plurality of R x21 are present, the plurality of R x21 may be different,
Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom; x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different,
R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different,
p20 is each independently an integer of 1 to 30, p21 is each independently an integer of 0 to 30, and at least one of the repeating units bracketed with p20 or p21 is an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, wherein R 100 in the amine skeleton is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
p22 and p23 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3,
p20-{C( Rx20 )( Rx21 )}-units ( Uc21 ), p21-{C( Rfx20 )( Rfx21 )}-units ( Uc22 ) are p20 units ( U c21 ) or p21 units (U c22 ) do not need to be consecutive, and each unit (U c21 ) and unit (U c22 ) are lined up in any order and combined to form the formula (c2) One end of the compound is -Si(X 20 ) p22 (R x22 ) 3-p22 and the other end is -Si(X 21 ) p23 (R x23 ) 3-p23 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the above formula (c3),
Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group,
R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x32 , and when there are a plurality of R x33 , a plurality of R x33 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x34 ,
Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x31, the plurality of Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x34 , the plurality of Rf x34 may be different,
Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—, and when there are a plurality of Y 31 , the plurality of Y 31 may be different,
X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group), and when a plurality of X 31 are present, the plurality of X 31 may be different, when a plurality of X 32 are present, the plurality of X 32 may be different, and X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different,
p31 is an integer of 0 to 20, p32, p33, and p34 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p35 is an integer of 0 to 5, and p36 is an integer of 1 to 10 and p37 is 0 or 1,
at least one of Z 31 and Z 32 is an amino group, or at least one of Y 31 is -NH- or -N(CH 3 )-, and a compound represented by formula (c3) p31 -{C(R x31 )(R x32 )}-units, unless one end of is Z 31 - and the other end is Z 32 -, and -O- is not linked to -O- (U c31 ), p32-{C(Rf x31 )(Rf x32 )}-units (U c32 ), p33-{Si(R x33 )(R x34 )}-units (U c33 ), p34 -{Si (Rf x33 ) (Rf x34 )}-units (U c34 ), p 35 -Y 31 -units (U c35 ), p 36 -{Si (X 31 ) (X 32 )-O }-unit (U c36 ) and p37 -{Si(X 33 )(X 34 )}-units (U c37 ) are arranged in arbitrary order and bonded together.
[8] The composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the content of the organosilicon compound (C) is 0.005% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less.
[9] A laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c),
A laminate, wherein the intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the composition according to any one of [1] to [8].
[10] The laminate according to [9], wherein the substrate (s) is composed of an organic material.
[11] A window film or touch panel display comprising the laminate according to [9] or [10].
 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れた組成物を提供できる。 According to the present invention, a composition with excellent storage stability can be provided.
<組成物>
 本発明の組成物は、アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物(C)と、溶剤1と、溶剤2の混合組成物であって、ハンセン溶解度パラメータにおける水素結合項(δH)と分散項(δD)との比率をδH/δDとしたとき、溶剤1の比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満であり、溶剤2の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上であることを特徴とする。なお、本発明には、上記成分を混合した後、例えば保管中に反応が進んだものも含む。有機ケイ素化合物(C)、溶剤1、及び溶剤2について、以下に順に説明する。
<Composition>
The composition of the present invention is a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, solvent 1, and solvent 2, wherein the hydrogen bonding term (δH) and the dispersion term ( δD) is defined as δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 2 is 0.410 or more. do. In addition, after mixing the said component, the thing which reacted during storage, for example is included in this invention. The organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1, and solvent 2 are described in order below.
 1.有機ケイ素化合物(C)
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)は、アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物である。本発明の組成物に有機ケイ素化合物(C)が混合されていることにより、該組成物から形成される中間層(c)は、後述する積層体における撥水層(r)のプライマー層として機能することができる。そのため、後述する積層体において、撥水層(r)の基材(s)への密着性が良好となり、その結果積層体の耐摩耗性が向上し得る。
1. Organosilicon compound (C)
Organosilicon compound (C) is an organosilicon compound having an amino group or an amine skeleton. By mixing the organosilicon compound (C) with the composition of the present invention, the intermediate layer (c) formed from the composition functions as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r) in the later-described laminate. can do. Therefore, in the laminate described later, the adhesion of the water-repellent layer (r) to the substrate (s) is improved, and as a result, the abrasion resistance of the laminate can be improved.
 本発明の組成物に混合される有機ケイ素化合物(C)としては1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。有機ケイ素化合物(C)としては、アミン骨格を1つ以上有するものが好ましい。なお、前記アミン骨格とは、-NR10-で表され、R10は水素又はアルキル基である。R10は水素又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましい。また有機ケイ素化合物(C)中に複数個のアミン骨格が含まれる場合、複数のアミン骨格は同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。 The organosilicon compound (C) mixed in the composition of the present invention may be one kind, or two or more kinds. As the organosilicon compound (C), one having at least one amine skeleton is preferred. The amine skeleton is represented by -NR 10 -, where R 10 is hydrogen or an alkyl group. R 10 is preferably hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Moreover, when the organosilicon compound (C) contains a plurality of amine skeletons, the plurality of amine skeletons may be the same or different.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)における少なくとも1つのケイ素原子には加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合していることが好ましい。前記加水分解性基としては、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アセトキシ基、イソシアネート基等が挙げられる。有機ケイ素化合物(C)のケイ素原子には、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はヒドロキシ基が結合していることが好ましい。 A hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is preferably bonded to at least one silicon atom in the organosilicon compound (C). Examples of the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group. Preferably, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C).
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)としては、下記式(c1)~(c3)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (C) is preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (c1) to (c3).
 1-1.下記式(c1)で表される有機ケイ素化合物(C)(以下、有機ケイ素化合物(C1))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
1-1. Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c1) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C1))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記式(c1)中、
 Rx11、Rx12、Rx13、Rx14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rfx11、Rfx12、Rfx13、Rfx14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rx15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx15が複数存在する場合は複数のRx15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 X11は、加水分解性基であり、X11が複数存在する場合は複数のX11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Y11は、-NH-、又は-S-であり、Y11が複数存在する場合は複数のY11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Z11は、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、イソシアネート基、イソシアヌレート基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基であり、
 p1は、1~20の整数であり、p2、p3、p4は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p5は、0~10の整数であり、
 p6は、1~3の整数であり、
 Z11がアミノ基でない場合は-NH-であるY11を少なくとも1つ有し、Y11が全て-S-である場合又はp5が0である場合はZ11がアミノ基であり、
 Z11-、-Si(X11p6(Rx153-p6、p1個の-{C(Rx11)(Rx12)}-単位(Uc11)、p2個の-{C(Rfx11)(Rfx12)}-単位(Uc12)、p3個の-{Si(Rx13)(Rx14)}-単位(Uc13)、p4個の-{Si(Rfx13)(Rfx14)}-単位(Uc14)、p5個の-Y11-単位(Uc15)は、Z11-が式(c1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(X11p6(Rx153-p6が他方の末端となり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Uc11)~単位(Uc15)が任意の順で並んで結合する。
In the above formula (c1),
R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x11 are present, the plurality of R x11 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x12 , and when there are a plurality of R x13 , a plurality of R x13 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x14 ,
Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x11, the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different,
R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different,
X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different,
Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different,
Z 11 is a vinyl group, α-methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group;
p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p5 is an integer of 0 to 10,
p6 is an integer from 1 to 3,
has at least one Y 11 which is —NH— when Z 11 is not an amino group; when all Y 11 are —S— or when p5 is 0, Z 11 is an amino group;
Z 11 -, -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 , p1 -{C(R x11 )(R x12 )}-unit (U c11 ), p2 -{C(Rf x11 ) (Rf x12 )}-unit (U c12 ), p3-{Si (R x13 ) (R x14 )}-unit (U c13 ), p4-{Si (Rf x13 )(Rf x14 )} The - unit (U c14 ) and p5 -Y 11 - units (U c15 ) form one end of the compound represented by the formula (c1) where Z 11 - is, and -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 is the other end, and the respective units (U c11 ) to (U c15 ) are aligned and bonded in any order unless —O— is linked to —O—.
 Rx11、Rx12、Rx13、及びRx14は、水素原子であることが好ましい。 R x11 , R x12 , R x13 and R x14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 Rfx11、Rfx12、Rfx13、及びRfx14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 and Rf x14 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom.
 Rx15は、炭素数が1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 R x15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 X11は、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はイソシアネート基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが更に好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。 X 11 is preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, still more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group or an ethoxy is particularly preferred.
 Y11は、-NH-であることが好ましい。 Y 11 is preferably -NH-.
 Z11は、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、メルカプト基又はアミノ基であることが好ましく、メルカプト基又はアミノ基がより好ましく、アミノ基が特に好ましい。 Z 11 is preferably a methacryloyl group, an acryloyl group, a mercapto group or an amino group, more preferably a mercapto group or an amino group, particularly preferably an amino group.
 p1は1~15が好ましく、より好ましくは2~10である。p2、p3及びp4は、それぞれ独立して、0~5が好ましく、より好ましくは全て0~2である。p5は、0~5が好ましく、より好ましくは0~3、さらに好ましくは1~3である。p6は、2~3が好ましく、より好ましくは3である。 p1 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 2-10. Each of p2, p3 and p4 is independently preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2. p5 is preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-3, still more preferably 1-3. p6 is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)としては、上記式(c1)において、Rx11及びRx12がいずれも水素原子であり、Y11が-NH-であり、X11がアルコキシ基(特にメトキシ基又はエトキシ基)であり、Z11がアミノ基又はメルカプト基であり、p1が1~10であり、p2、p3及びp4がいずれも0であり、p5が0~5(特に1~3)であり、p6が3である化合物を用いることが好ましい。 As the organosilicon compound (C), in the above formula (c1), both R x11 and R x12 are hydrogen atoms, Y 11 is —NH—, and X 11 is an alkoxy group (especially a methoxy group or an ethoxy group ), Z 11 is an amino group or a mercapto group, p1 is 1 to 10, p2, p3 and p4 are all 0, p5 is 0 to 5 (especially 1 to 3), p6 is preferably 3.
 なお、p1個の単位(Uc11)は、単位(Uc11)が連続して結合している必要はなく、途中に他の単位を介して結合していてもよく、合計でp1個であればよい。p2~p5で括られる単位(Uc12)~単位(Uc15)についても同様である。 Note that the p1 units (U c11 ) do not need to be continuously bonded to each other, and may be bonded via other units in the middle. Just do it. The same applies to the units (U c12 ) to (U c15 ) bounded by p2 to p5.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C1)は、下記式(c1-2)で表されることが好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (C1) is preferably represented by the following formula (c1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 上記式(c1-2)中、
 X12は、加水分解性基であり、X12が複数存在する場合は複数のX12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Y12は、-NH-であり、
 Z12は、アミノ基、又はメルカプト基であり、
 Rx16は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx16が複数存在する場合は複数のRx16がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 pは、1~3の整数であり、qは2~5の整数であり、rは0~5の整数であり、sは0又は1であり、
 sが0である場合は、Z12はアミノ基である。
In the above formula (c1-2),
X 12 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 12 are present, the plurality of X 12 may be different,
Y 12 is -NH-,
Z 12 is an amino group or a mercapto group,
R x16 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x16 are present, the plurality of R x16 may be different,
p is an integer of 1 to 3, q is an integer of 2 to 5, r is an integer of 0 to 5, s is 0 or 1,
When s is 0, Z 12 is an amino group.
 X12は、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はイソシアネート基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、炭素数が1~4のアルコキシ基であることが更に好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。 X 12 is preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, still more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methoxy group or An ethoxy group is particularly preferred.
 Z12は、アミノ基であることが好ましい。 Z 12 is preferably an amino group.
 Rx16は、炭素数が1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数が1~5のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 R x16 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 pは、2~3の整数であることが好ましく、3であることがより好ましい。 p is preferably an integer of 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
 sが1である場合にはqが2~3の整数であり、rが2~4の整数であることが好ましく、sが0である場合には、qとrの合計が1~5であることが好ましい。 When s is 1, q is preferably an integer of 2 to 3, r is preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and when s is 0, the sum of q and r is 1 to 5. Preferably.
 1-2.下記式(c2)で表される有機ケイ素化合物(C)(以下、有機ケイ素化合物(C2)) 1-2. Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c2) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C2))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記式(c2)中、
 Rx20及びRx21は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rfx20及びRfx21は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rx22及びRx23はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx22及びRx23が複数存在する場合は複数のRx22及びRx23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 X20及びX21はそれぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X20及びX21が複数存在する場合は複数のX20及びX21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 p20は、1~30の整数であり、p21は、0~30の整数であり、p20又はp21を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つは、アミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、前記アミン骨格におけるR100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 p22及びp23はそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数であり、
 p20個の-{C(Rx20)(Rx21)}-単位(Uc21)、p21個の-{C(Rfx20)(Rfx21)}-単位(Uc22)は、p20個の単位(Uc21)又はp21個の単位(Uc22)が連続である必要はなく、それぞれの単位(Uc21)及び単位(Uc22)が任意の順で並んで結合し、式(c2)で表される化合物の一方の末端が-Si(X20p22(Rx223-p22となり、他方の末端が-Si(X21p23(Rx233-p23となる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
In the above formula (c2),
R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; When a plurality of R x21 are present, the plurality of R x21 may be different,
Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom; x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different,
R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different,
p20 is an integer of 1 to 30; p21 is an integer of 0 to 30; and R 100 in the amine skeleton is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
p22 and p23 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3,
p20-{C( Rx20 )( Rx21 )}-units ( Uc21 ), p21-{C( Rfx20 )( Rfx21 )}-units ( Uc22 ) are p20 units ( U c21 ) or p21 units (U c22 ) do not need to be consecutive, and each unit (U c21 ) and unit (U c22 ) are lined up in any order and combined to form the formula (c2) One end of the compound is -Si(X 20 ) p22 (R x22 ) 3-p22 and the other end is -Si(X 21 ) p23 (R x23 ) 3-p23 .
 Rx20及びRx21は、水素原子であることが好ましい。 R x20 and R x21 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 Rfx20及びRfx21は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom.
 Rx22及びRx23は、炭素数が1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 R x22 and R x23 are preferably C 1-5 alkyl groups.
 X20及びX21は、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はイソシアネート基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが更に好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。 X 20 and X 21 are preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, even more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, methoxy or ethoxy groups are particularly preferred.
 アミン骨格-NR100-は、上記の通り分子内に少なくとも1つ存在すればよく、p20又はp21を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位のいずれかが前記アミン骨格に置き換わっていればよいが、p20を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位の一部であることが好ましい。前記アミン骨格は、複数存在してもよく、その場合のアミン骨格の数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、2~5であることがさらに好ましい。また、この場合、隣り合うアミン骨格の間に-{C(Rx20)(Rx21)}p200-を有することが好ましく、p200は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましい。p200は、p20の総数に含まれる。 As described above, at least one amine skeleton —NR 100 — may be present in the molecule, and the amine skeleton may be replaced by either a repeating unit bracketed with p20 or p21. , p20 are preferably part of a bracketed repeating unit. A plurality of the amine skeletons may be present, and in that case, the number of amine skeletons is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and even more preferably 2-5. In this case, it is preferable to have -{C(R x20 )(R x21 )} p200 - between adjacent amine skeletons, and p200 is preferably 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 5. is more preferred. p200 is included in the total number of p20s.
 アミン骨格-NR100-において、R100がアルキル基である場合、炭素数は5以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがより好ましい。アミン骨格-NR100-は、-NH-(R100が水素原子)であることが好ましい。 In the amine skeleton —NR 100 —, when R 100 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less. The amine skeleton -NR 100 - is preferably -NH- (R 100 is a hydrogen atom).
 p20は、アミン骨格に置き変わった繰り返し単位の数を除いて、1~15が好ましく、より好ましくは1~10である。 p20 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 1-10, excluding the number of repeating units replaced by the amine skeleton.
 p21は、アミン骨格に置き変わった繰り返し単位の数を除いて、0~5が好ましく、より好ましくは0~2である。 p21 is preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 2, excluding the number of repeating units replaced by the amine skeleton.
 p22及びp23は、2~3が好ましく、より好ましくは3である。 p22 and p23 are preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C2)としては、上記式(c2)において、Rx20及びRx21がいずれも水素原子であり、X20及びX21がアルコキシ基(特にメトキシ基又はエトキシ基)であり、p20を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位が、少なくとも1つアミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、R100が水素原子であり、p20が1~10であり(ただし、アミン骨格に置き変わった繰り返し単位の数を除く)、p21が0であり、p22及びp23が3である化合物を用いることが好ましい。 As the organosilicon compound (C2), in the above formula (c2), R x20 and R x21 are both hydrogen atoms, X 20 and X 21 are alkoxy groups (especially methoxy groups or ethoxy groups), and p20 is and at least one repeating unit enclosed in parentheses is replaced with an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, R 100 is a hydrogen atom, and p20 is 1 to 10 (provided that the amine skeleton is substituted excluding the number of repeating units), it is preferable to use a compound in which p21 is 0 and p22 and p23 are 3.
 なお、後記する実施例で化合物(C)として用いる、特開2012-197330号公報に記載のN-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランとクロロプロピルトリメトキシシランの反応物(商品名;X-12-5263HP、信越化学工業(株)製)を上記式(c2)で表すと、Rx20及びRx21がいずれも水素原子、p20が8(ただし、アミン骨格に置き変わった繰り返し単位の数を除く)、p21が0、アミン骨格が2つ(いずれもR100が水素原子)、両末端が同一で、p22及びp23が3でX20及びX21がメトキシ基である。 Incidentally, the reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane described in JP-A-2012-197330, which is used as compound (C) in the examples described later ( Product name: X-12-5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) is represented by the above formula (c2), where R x20 and R x21 are both hydrogen atoms, and p20 is 8 (however, it is replaced by an amine skeleton excluding the number of repeating units), p21 is 0, two amine skeletons (both R 100 are hydrogen atoms), both terminals are the same, p22 and p23 are 3, and X 20 and X 21 are methoxy groups.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C2)は、下記式(c2-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (C2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (c2-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記式(c2-2)中、
 X22及びX23は、それぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X22及びX23が複数存在する場合は複数のX22及びX23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rx24及びRx25は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx24及びRx25が複数存在する場合は複数のRx24及びRx25がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 -Cw2w-は、その一部のメチレン基の少なくとも1つがアミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、R100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 wは1~30の整数であり(ただし、アミン骨格に置き換わったメチレン基の数を除く)、
 p24及びp25は、それぞれ独立して、1~3の整数である。
In the above formula (c2-2),
X 22 and X 23 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 22 and X 23 are present, the plurality of X 22 and X 23 may be different,
R x24 and R x25 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x24 and R x25 are present, a plurality of R x24 and R x25 may be different,
—C w H 2w — has at least one of its methylene groups replaced with an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, where R 100 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
w is an integer of 1 to 30 (excluding the number of methylene groups substituted for the amine skeleton),
p24 and p25 are each independently an integer of 1-3.
 X22及びX23は、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はイソシアネート基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが更に好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。 X 22 and X 23 are preferably an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an isocyanate group, more preferably an alkoxy group, even more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, methoxy or ethoxy groups are particularly preferred.
 アミン骨格-NR100-は、複数存在してもよく、その場合のアミン骨格の数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、2~5であることがさらに好ましい。また、この場合、隣り合うアミン骨格の間にアルキレン基を有することが好ましい。前記アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましい。隣り合うアミン骨格の間のアルキレン基の炭素数は、wの総数に含まれる。 A plurality of amine skeletons —NR 100 — may be present, and in that case, the number of amine skeletons is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 2 to 5. More preferred. Moreover, in this case, it is preferable to have an alkylene group between adjacent amine skeletons. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene groups between adjacent amine skeletons is included in the total number of w.
 アミン骨格-NR100-において、R100がアルキル基である場合、炭素数は5以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがより好ましい。アミン骨格-NR100-は、-NH-(R100が水素原子)であることが好ましい。 In the amine skeleton —NR 100 —, when R 100 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less. The amine skeleton -NR 100 - is preferably -NH- (R 100 is a hydrogen atom).
 Rx24及びRx25は、炭素数が1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数が1~5のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 R x24 and R x25 are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 p24及びp25は、2~3の整数であることが好ましく、3であることがより好ましい。 p24 and p25 are preferably integers of 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
 wは、1以上であることが好ましく、2以上であることがより好ましく、また20以下であることが好ましく、10以下であることがより好ましい。 w is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
 1-3.下記式(c3)で表される有機ケイ素化合物(C)(以下、有機ケイ素化合物(C3)) 1-3. Organosilicon compound (C) represented by the following formula (c3) (hereinafter, organosilicon compound (C3))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記式(c3)中、
 Z31、Z32は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基である。反応性官能基としては、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基が挙げられる。Z31、Z32としては、アミノ基、メルカプト基、又はメタクリロイル基が好ましく、特にアミノ基が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
In the above formula (c3),
Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group. Reactive functional groups include vinyl, α-methylvinyl, styryl, methacryloyl, acryloyl, amino, epoxy, ureido, or mercapto groups. Z 31 and Z 32 are preferably an amino group, a mercapto group, or a methacryloyl group, particularly preferably an amino group.
 Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよい。Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34は、水素原子又は炭素数が1~2のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。 R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x32 , and when there are a plurality of R x33 , a plurality of R x33 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x34 . R x31 , R x32 , R x33 and R x34 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよい。Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34は、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x31, the plurality of Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different. When there are a plurality of Rf x34 , the plurality of Rf x34 may be different. Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are preferably C 1-10 alkyl groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or fluorine atoms.
 Y31は、-NH-、-N(CH3)-又は-O-であり、Y31が複数存在する場合は複数のY31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよい。Y31は-NH-であることが好ましい。 Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—, and when there are multiple Y 31 s, the multiple Y 31s may be different. Y 31 is preferably -NH-.
 X31、X32、X33、X34は、それぞれ独立に、-ORc(Rcは、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はアミノC1-3アルキルジC1-3アルコキシシリル基である)であり、X31が複数存在する場合は複数のX31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X32が複数存在する場合は複数のX32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X33が複数存在する場合は複数のX33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X34が複数存在する場合は複数のX34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよい。X31、X32、X33、X34は、Rcが水素原子、又は炭素数1~2のアルキル基である-ORcであることが好ましく、Rcは水素原子がより好ましい。 X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group), and when a plurality of X 31 are present, the plurality of X 31 may be different, when a plurality of X 32 are present, the plurality of X 32 may be different, and X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different. X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are preferably —OR c in which R c is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 p31は、0~20の整数であり、p32、p33、p34は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p35は、0~5の整数であり、p36は、1~10の整数であり、p37は0又は1である。p31は1~15が好ましく、より好ましくは3~13であり、さらに好ましくは5~10である。p32、p33及びp34は、それぞれ独立して、0~5が好ましく、より好ましくは全て0~2である。p35は、0~3が好ましい。p36は、1~5が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3である。p37は1が好ましい。 p31 is an integer of 0 to 20, p32, p33, and p34 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p35 is an integer of 0 to 5, and p36 is an integer of 1 to 10 and p37 is 0 or 1. p31 is preferably 1-15, more preferably 3-13, still more preferably 5-10. p32, p33 and p34 are each independently preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2. p35 is preferably 0-3. p36 is preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3. p37 is preferably 1.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C3)は、Z31及びZ32の少なくとも一方がアミノ基であるか、又はY31の少なくとも一つが-NH-又は-N(CH3)-であるという条件を満たし、かつ式(c3)で表される化合物の一方の末端がZ31-であり、他方の末端がZ32-であり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、p31個の-{C(Rx31)(Rx32)}-単位(Uc31)、p32個の-{C(Rfx31)(Rfx32)}-単位(Uc32)、p33個の-{Si(Rx33)(Rx34)}-単位(Uc33)、p34個の-{Si(Rfx33)(Rfx34)}-単位(Uc34)、p35個の-Y31-単位(Uc35)、p36個の-{Si(X31)(X32)-O}-単位(Uc36)、p37個の-{Si(X33)(X34)}-単位(Uc37)がそれぞれ任意の順で並んで結合して構成される。p31個の単位(Uc31)は、単位(Uc31)が連続して結合している必要はなく、途中に他の単位を介して結合していてもよく、合計でp31個であればよい。p32~p37で括られる単位(Uc32)~単位(Uc37)についても同様である。 The organosilicon compound (C3) satisfies the condition that at least one of Z 31 and Z 32 is an amino group, or at least one of Y 31 is —NH— or —N(CH 3 )—, and the formula p31 - {C(R x31 ) (R x32 )}-unit (U c31 ), p32-{C(Rf x31 )(Rf x32 )}-unit (U c32 ), p33-{Si(R x33 )(R x34 )} - unit (U c33 ), p34 -{Si(Rf x33 )(Rf x34 )} - unit (U c34 ), p35 -Y 31 - unit (U c35 ), p36 -{Si(X 31 ) (X 32 )-O}-unit (U c36 ) and p37 -{Si(X 33 )(X 34 )}-units (U c37 ) arranged in arbitrary order and bonded together be. The p31 units (U c31 ) do not need to be continuously linked, and may be linked via other units in the middle, and the total number of p31 units may be p31. . The same applies to the units (U c32 ) to (U c37 ) enclosed by p32 to p37.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C3)としては、Z31及びZ32がアミノ基であり、Rx31及びRx32が水素原子であり、p31が3~13(好ましくは5~10)であり、Rx33及びRx34がいずれも水素原子であり、Rfx31~Rfx34がいずれも1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~10のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、p32~p34がいずれも0~5であり、Y31が-NH-であり、p35が0~5(好ましくは0~3)であり、X31~X34がいずれも-OHであり、p36が1~5(好ましくは1~3)であり、p37が1である化合物が好ましい。 As the organosilicon compound (C3), Z 31 and Z 32 are amino groups, R x31 and R x32 are hydrogen atoms, p31 is 3 to 13 (preferably 5 to 10), and R x33 and R all of x34 are hydrogen atoms, all of Rf x31 to Rf x34 are alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or fluorine atoms, and p32 to p34 are all 0 to 5, Y 31 is —NH—, p35 is 0 to 5 (preferably 0 to 3), X 31 to X 34 are all —OH, and p36 is 1 to 5 (preferably is 1-3) and p37 is 1 is preferred.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C3)は、下記式(c3-2)で表されることが好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (C3) is preferably represented by the following formula (c3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 前記式(c3-2)中、Z31、Z32、X31、X32、X33、X34、Y31は、式(c3)中のこれらと同義であり、p41~p44は、それぞれ独立に1~6の整数であり、p45、p46はそれぞれ独立に0又は1である。 In formula (c3-2), Z 31 , Z 32 , X 31 , X 32 , X 33 , X 34 and Y 31 have the same meanings as those in formula (c3), and p41 to p44 are each independent is an integer of 1 to 6, and p45 and p46 are each independently 0 or 1.
 式(c3-2)において、Z31及びZ32は、アミノ基、メルカプト基、又はメタクリロイル基が好ましく、特にアミノ基が好ましい。X31、X32、X33、X34は、Rcが水素原子、又は炭素数1~2のアルキル基である-ORcであることが好ましく、Rcが水素原子であることがより好ましい。Y31は-NH-であることが好ましい。p41~p44は、1以上が好ましく、また5以下が好ましく、4以下がより好ましい。p45、p46はいずれも0であることが好ましい。 In formula (c3-2), Z 31 and Z 32 are preferably an amino group, a mercapto group or a methacryloyl group, particularly preferably an amino group. X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are preferably —OR c in which R c is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably R c is a hydrogen atom . Y 31 is preferably -NH-. p41 to p44 are preferably 1 or more, preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 4 or less. Both p45 and p46 are preferably 0.
 本発明の組成物は、前記有機ケイ素化合物(C)、並びに後述する溶剤1及び2が混合された組成物である。本発明の組成物は、有機ケイ素化合物(C)、溶剤1及び溶剤2を混合することにより得られ、上記成分以外の成分が混合されている場合は、有機ケイ素化合物(C)、溶剤1及び溶剤2と、他の成分を混合することにより得られる。本発明の組成物は、混合後、例えば保管中に反応が進んだものも含み、反応が進んだ例としては、例えば、前記組成物が、上記有機ケイ素化合物(C)のケイ素原子に結合した加水分解性基が加水分解により-SiOH基となった化合物を含むことが挙げられる。また、組成物の保管中に反応が進んだ例としては、前記組成物が、前記有機ケイ素化合物(C)の縮合物を含むことも挙げられ、該縮合物としては、例えば、有機ケイ素化合物(C)が有する-SiOH基又は加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(C)の-SiOH基が、有機ケイ素化合物(C)由来の-SiOH基、又は他の化合物由来の-SiOH基と脱水縮合して形成された縮合物が挙げられる。より具体的に、該縮合物としては、例えば前記有機ケイ素化合物(C3)が上記X31~X34の少なくともいずれかで縮合して結合した有機ケイ素化合物(C3’)が挙げられる。 The composition of the present invention is a composition in which the organosilicon compound (C) and solvents 1 and 2 described later are mixed. The composition of the present invention is obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1 and solvent 2, and when components other than the above components are mixed, the organosilicon compound (C), solvent 1 and It is obtained by mixing solvent 2 with other components. The composition of the present invention includes those that have undergone a reaction after mixing, for example, during storage. For example, it includes a compound whose hydrolyzable group is a —SiOH group by hydrolysis. Further, as an example of the progress of the reaction during storage of the composition, the composition may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (C). The —SiOH group of C) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by hydrolysis undergoes dehydration condensation with —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (C) or —SiOH groups derived from other compounds. and condensates formed by More specifically, the condensate includes, for example, an organosilicon compound (C3') in which the organosilicon compound (C3) is condensed with at least one of X 31 to X 34 and bonded.
 前記有機ケイ素化合物(C3’)は、下記式(c31-1)で表される構造(c31-1)を2以上有し、前記構造(c31-1)同士が、下記*3又は*4で鎖状又は環状に結合した化合物であって、下記*3又は*4での結合は、2以上の前記有機ケイ素化合物(C3)の前記X31又はX32の縮合によるものであり、
 下記式(c31-1)の*1及び*2には、それぞれ、下記式(c31-2)のp31、p32、p33、p34、p35、(p36)-1、p37で括られた単位の少なくとも1種が任意の順で結合し末端がZ-である基が結合しており、複数の前記構造(c31-1)ごとに、*1及び*2に結合する基は異なっていてもよく、
 複数の前記構造(c31-1)が鎖状に結合しているときの末端となる*3は水素原子であり、*4はヒドロキシ基である。
The organosilicon compound (C3′) has two or more structures (c31-1) represented by the following formula (c31-1), and the structures (c31-1) are represented by *3 or *4 below. A chain or ring-bonded compound, wherein the bond in *3 or *4 below is due to the condensation of two or more of the organosilicon compounds (C3) above X 31 or X 32 ,
*1 and *2 in the following formula (c31-1) are, respectively, at least the units enclosed by p31, p32, p33, p34, p35, (p36)-1, and p37 in the following formula (c31-2) One type is bonded in any order and a group having a terminal Z- is bonded, and the groups bonded to *1 and *2 may be different for each of the plurality of structures (c31-1),
When a plurality of structures (c31-1) are bonded in a chain, *3, which is the terminal, is a hydrogen atom, and *4 is a hydroxy group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 前記式(c31-2)中、
 Zは、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基であり、
 Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34、Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34、Y31、X31、X32、X33、X34、p31~p37は、前記式(c3)中のこれら符号と同義である。
In the formula (c31-2),
Z is a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group;
R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , R x34 , Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , Rf x34 , Y 31 , X 31 , X 32 , X 33 , X 34 , p31 to p37 are are synonymous with these signs of
 有機ケイ素化合物(C3)が前記式(c3-2)で表される化合物である場合、有機ケイ素化合物(C3’)としては、例えば下記式(c31-3)で表される構造が下記*3又は*4で鎖状又は環状に結合した化合物が挙げられる。下記式(c31-3)で表される構造が鎖状に結合する場合には、末端となる*3は水素原子であり、末端となる*4はヒドロキシ基である。 When the organosilicon compound (C3) is a compound represented by the above formula (c3-2), the organosilicon compound (C3′) is, for example, a structure represented by the following formula (c31-3) *3 below. or *4 may be a chain or ring-bonded compound. When the structure represented by the following formula (c31-3) is linked in a chain, the terminal *3 is a hydrogen atom and the terminal *4 is a hydroxy group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 前記式(c31-3)中の符号は、全て前記式(c3-2)の符号と同義である。 All the symbols in the above formula (c31-3) have the same meanings as the symbols in the above formula (c3-2).
 有機ケイ素化合物(C3’)は、前記式(c31-3)で表される構造が2~10(好ましくは3~8)結合した化合物であることが好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (C3') is preferably a compound in which 2 to 10 (preferably 3 to 8) structures represented by the formula (c31-3) are bonded.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)としては1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。有機ケイ素化合物(C)として、少なくとも有機ケイ素化合物(C1)及び/又は有機ケイ素化合物(C2)を用いることが好ましい。 As the organosilicon compound (C), only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used. As the organosilicon compound (C), it is preferable to use at least the organosilicon compound (C1) and/or the organosilicon compound (C2).
 本発明の組成物の全体を100質量%としたときの、前記有機ケイ素化合物(C)の合計量は、0.005質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.01質量%以上であり、更に好ましくは0.02質量%以上であり、一層好ましくは0.1質量%以上であり、より一層好ましくは0.2質量%以上であり、また5質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは3質量%以下であり、更に好ましくは2質量%以下である。上記の有機ケイ素化合物(C)の量は、組成物の調製時に調整できる。前記有機ケイ素化合物(C)の量は、組成物の分析結果から算出してもよい。組成物の分析結果から特定する方法としては、例えば、組成物に含まれる各化合物の種類は、組成物をガスクロマトグラフィー質量分析法や液体クロマトグラフィー質量分析法等により分析し、得られた分析結果をライブラリ検索することで特定でき、また組成物に含まれる各化合物の量は、検量線法を用いて上記分析結果から算出することができる。なお、本明細書において、各成分の量や質量比の範囲を記載している場合、該範囲は、組成物の調製時に調整できる。 The total amount of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 0.005% by mass or more, more preferably 0.01% by mass or more, when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. It is preferably 0.02% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, and preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass. or less, more preferably 2% by mass or less. The amount of the above organosilicon compound (C) can be adjusted during preparation of the composition. The amount of the organosilicon compound (C) may be calculated from the analysis results of the composition. As a method of specifying from the analysis results of the composition, for example, the type of each compound contained in the composition is analyzed by gas chromatography mass spectrometry, liquid chromatography mass spectrometry, etc., and the obtained analysis The results can be identified by library searching, and the amount of each compound contained in the composition can be calculated from the above analytical results using the calibration curve method. In addition, in the present specification, when the range of the amount or mass ratio of each component is described, the range can be adjusted at the time of preparation of the composition.
2.溶剤1
 ハンセン(Hansen)溶解度パラメータは、ヒルデブランド(Hildebrand)によって導入された溶解度パラメータを、分散項(δD),極性項(δP),水素結合項(δH)の3成分に分割し、3次元空間に表したものである。分散項(δD)は分散力による効果、極性項(δP)は双極子間力による効果、水素結合項(δH)は水素結合力の効果を示す。
2. Solvent 1
The Hansen solubility parameter divides the solubility parameter introduced by Hildebrand into three components: the dispersion term (δD), the polar term (δP), and the hydrogen bonding term (δH). It is represented. The dispersion term (δD) indicates the effect of the dispersion force, the polar term (δP) indicates the effect of the dipole force, and the hydrogen bond term (δH) indicates the effect of the hydrogen bond force.
 なお、ハンセン溶解度パラメータの定義と計算は、Charles M.Hansen著、Hansen Solubility Parameters: A Users Handbook(CRCプレス,2007年)に記載されている。また、コンピュータソフトウエアHansen Solubility Parameters in Practice(HSPiP)を用いることにより、文献値等が知られていない化合物に関しても、その化学構造から簡便にハンセン溶解度パラメータを推算することができる。さらに、文献値等が知られていない化合物については、後述の溶解球法を用いることによっても、ハンセン溶解度パラメータを算出することが可能である。本発明では、溶剤のハンセン溶解度パラメータを決定する際、HSPiPバージョン5.2.05を用いて、データベースに登録されている溶剤に関しては登録されたハンセン溶解度パラメータの値を用い、登録されていない溶剤に関しては後述の溶解球法を用いることによりハンセン溶解度パラメータを算出する。 The definition and calculation of the Hansen Solubility Parameters are described in Charles M. Hansen, Hansen Solubility Parameters: A Users Handbook (CRC Press, 2007). In addition, by using the computer software Hansen Solubility Parameters in Practice (HSPiP), the Hansen Solubility Parameters can be easily estimated from the chemical structure of compounds for which literature values are not known. Furthermore, for compounds for which literature values are unknown, it is possible to calculate the Hansen solubility parameter by using the melting sphere method described later. In the present invention, when determining the Hansen Solubility Parameters of solvents, HSPiP version 5.2.05 is used to use registered Hansen Solubility Parameter values for solvents registered in the database, and Regarding, the Hansen solubility parameter is calculated by using the melting sphere method described later.
 溶解球法とは、目的物のハンセン溶解度パラメータを算出する方法であって、目的物を、ハンセン溶解度パラメータが確定している数多くの異なる溶剤に溶解又は分散させて、目的物の特定の溶剤に対する溶解性又は分散性を評価する溶解度試験によって決定され得る。溶解度試験に用いる溶剤の種類は、各溶剤のHSPの分散項、極性項及び水素結合項の合計の値が、溶剤間で幅広く異なるように選ばれることが好ましく、より具体的には、好ましくは10種以上、より好ましくは15種以上、更に好ましくは17種以上の溶剤を用いて評価することが好ましい。具体的には、上記溶解度試験に用いた溶剤のうち、目的物を溶解又は分散した溶剤の3次元上の点をすべて球の内側に内包し、溶解又は分散しない溶剤の点は球の外側になるような球であり、且つ半径が最小となる球(溶解度球)を探し出し、その球の中心座標を目的物のハンセン溶解度パラメータとする。溶解性及び分散性の評価は、それぞれ対象とする目的物が溶剤に溶解したか否か及び分散したか否かを目視で判定して行う。目的物と溶剤の混合物が白濁したり、目的物が沈殿したり、目的物と溶剤が層分離した場合に、対象とする目的物が溶剤に溶解しない、若しくは分散しないと判断すればよい。溶解度試験の具体的な方法については、実施例の欄で詳述する。 The dissolving sphere method is a method for calculating the Hansen solubility parameter of a target substance, in which the target substance is dissolved or dispersed in many different solvents whose Hansen solubility parameters It can be determined by a solubility test that evaluates solubility or dispersibility. The type of solvent used in the solubility test is preferably selected so that the total value of the HSP dispersion term, polar term and hydrogen bonding term of each solvent varies widely between solvents, more specifically, preferably It is preferable to evaluate using 10 or more solvents, more preferably 15 or more solvents, and still more preferably 17 or more solvents. Specifically, among the solvents used in the solubility test, all the three-dimensional points of the solvent that dissolved or dispersed the target substance were included inside the sphere, and the points of the solvent that did not dissolve or disperse were outside the sphere. A sphere (solubility sphere) having the smallest radius is searched for, and the center coordinates of the sphere are used as the Hansen solubility parameter of the object. Evaluation of solubility and dispersibility is carried out by visually determining whether or not the target substance is dissolved in the solvent and whether or not it is dispersed. If the mixture of the target substance and the solvent becomes cloudy, the target substance precipitates, or the target substance and the solvent separate into layers, it can be determined that the target substance is not dissolved or dispersed in the solvent. A specific method for the solubility test will be described in detail in the Examples section.
 例えば、目的物のハンセン溶解度パラメータの測定に用いられなかったある別の溶剤のハンセン溶解度パラメータが(δd,δp,δh)であった場合、その座標で示される点が目的物の溶解度球の内側に内包されれば、その溶剤は、目的物を溶解又は分散すると考えられる。一方、その座標点が目的物の溶解度球の外側にあれば、この溶剤は目的物を溶解又は分散することができないと考えられる。 For example, if the Hansen Solubility Parameters of some other solvent that was not used to determine the Hansen Solubility Parameters of the object was (δd, δp, δh), then the point indicated by the coordinates would be inside the solubility sphere of the object. , the solvent is believed to dissolve or disperse the object. On the other hand, if the coordinate point is outside the solubility sphere of the target, the solvent is considered incapable of dissolving or dispersing the target.
 本発明では、溶剤のハンセン溶解度パラメータにおいて、水素結合項(δH)と分散項(δD)との比率をδH/δDとしたとき、比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満の化合物を溶剤1と称す。本発明の組成物が溶剤1を含むことにより、塗工性が良好となり、また積層体とした際の外観が良好となる。なお本明細書において、溶剤とは室温で液体である化合物を指す。 In the present invention, in the Hansen solubility parameters of solvents, when the ratio of the hydrogen bonding term (δH) and the dispersion term (δD) is δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) is less than 0.410. called. By including the solvent 1 in the composition of the present invention, the coatability is improved and the appearance of the laminated body is improved. In this specification, the solvent refers to a compound that is liquid at room temperature.
 溶剤1としては、比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満の化合物からなる単独溶剤であっても、比率(δH/δD)がそれぞれ0.410未満である2種以上の化合物からなる溶剤混合物のいずれであってもよい。溶剤1に含まれる化合物の比率(δH/δD)は、好ましくは0.400以下であり、また0.10以上であってもよく、好ましくは0.20以上、より好ましくは0.30以上である。 Solvent 1 is a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each having a ratio (δH/δD) of less than 0.410, even if it is a single solvent comprising a compound having a ratio (δH/δD) of less than 0.410. may be either. The ratio (δH/δD) of the compounds contained in the solvent 1 is preferably 0.400 or less, may be 0.10 or more, preferably 0.20 or more, and more preferably 0.30 or more. be.
 溶剤1としては、具体的に、酢酸ブチル、安息香酸ブチル等のエステル系溶剤1-A;メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン等のケトン系溶剤1-A;ジエチルエーテル等のエーテル系溶剤1-A;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ペンタン、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン等の炭化水素系溶剤1-A;等の溶剤が挙げられ、中でも、エステル系溶剤1-Aが好ましく、酢酸ブチルが特に好ましい。なお、エステル系溶剤1-A、ケトン系溶剤1-A、エーテル系溶剤1-A、及び炭化水素系溶剤1-Aは、それぞれ、比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満の、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤を指す。 Examples of the solvent 1 include ester solvents 1-A such as butyl acetate and butyl benzoate; ketone solvents 1-A such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone and cyclohexanone; ether solvents such as diethyl ether. Solvent 1-A: Hydrocarbon solvent 1-A such as benzene, toluene, xylene, pentane, hexane, cyclohexane, etc.; Among them, ester solvent 1-A is preferred, and butyl acetate is particularly preferred. The ester solvent 1-A, the ketone solvent 1-A, the ether solvent 1-A, and the hydrocarbon solvent 1-A each have a ratio (δH/δD) of less than 0.410. Refers to solvents, ketone solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
 塗工性の観点から、溶剤1の量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、25質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは50質量%以上、さらに好ましくは80質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは90質量%以上、一層好ましくは98質量%以上であり、また99.9質量%以下であってもよい。 From the viewpoint of coatability, the amount of solvent 1 is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and still more preferably 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. It is 90% by mass or more, more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or less.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)1質量部に対する溶剤1の含有量は、塗工性を良好にする観点から、20質量部以上が好ましく、より好ましくは50質量部以上、さらに好ましくは100質量部以上、よりさらに好ましくは150質量部以上、特に好ましくは300質量部以上であり、また、組成物の保存安定性をさらに向上させる観点から、20000質量部以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは10000質量部以下、より一層好ましくは、1000質量部以下、さらに好ましくは、600質量部以下、特に好ましくは500質量部以下である。 The content of solvent 1 with respect to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or more, from the viewpoint of improving coatability. More preferably 150 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 300 parts by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of further improving the storage stability of the composition, it is preferably 20000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10000 parts by mass. Below, it is more preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 600 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 500 parts by mass or less.
3.溶剤2
 溶剤2は、上述の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上の化合物からなる溶剤である。本発明の組成物が、溶剤1と共に溶剤2を含むことにより、保存安定性が良好な組成物を得ることができ、好ましくは保存安定性及び塗工性が良好な組成物を得ることができる。前述の通り、好ましい態様において、有機ケイ素化合物(C)のケイ素原子には加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合しており、組成物の保存中に、有機ケイ素化合物(C)が有する-SiOH基又はケイ素原子に結合した加水分解性基の加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(C)の-SiOH基同士の縮合反応が進行することが、組成物の保存安定性を低下させる一因であると考えられている。しかし、本発明の組成物が、溶剤1と共に溶剤2を含むことにより、このような縮合反応等を抑制できるためか、組成物の保存安定性が向上する一因となることが考えられる。組成物の保存安定性は、例えば組成物を調製後、白濁するまでの日数を測定することで評価できる。例えば、本発明の組成物を温度22℃、相対湿度55%の雰囲気に置いたとき、白濁が観察されるまでの日数は例えば2日以上であり、好ましくは5日以上であり、より好ましくは8日以上であり、更に好ましくは10日以上であり、また例えば200日以下である。
3. Solvent 2
Solvent 2 is a solvent composed of a compound having the above ratio (δH/δD) of 0.410 or more. By including the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1 in the composition of the present invention, a composition with good storage stability can be obtained, and preferably a composition with good storage stability and coatability can be obtained. . As described above, in a preferred embodiment, a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C), and during storage of the composition, the —SiOH group possessed by the organosilicon compound (C) Alternatively, the progress of the condensation reaction between the —SiOH groups of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by the hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable groups bonded to the silicon atoms is one of the factors that reduce the storage stability of the composition. It is considered. However, since the composition of the present invention contains the solvent 2 together with the solvent 1, such a condensation reaction and the like can be suppressed. The storage stability of the composition can be evaluated, for example, by measuring the number of days until the composition becomes cloudy after preparation. For example, when the composition of the present invention is placed in an atmosphere with a temperature of 22° C. and a relative humidity of 55%, the number of days until white turbidity is observed is, for example, 2 days or more, preferably 5 days or more, more preferably 5 days or more. It is 8 days or more, more preferably 10 days or more, and for example 200 days or less.
 溶剤2としては、比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上の化合物からなる単独溶剤であっても、比率(δH/δD)がそれぞれ0.410以上である2種以上の化合物からなる溶剤混合物のいずれであってもよい。溶剤2に含まれる化合物の比率(δH/δD)は、好ましくは0.430以上であり、また1.8以下であってもよく、好ましくは1.5以下、より好ましくは1.3以下である。 Solvent 2 is a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each having a ratio (δH/δD) of 0.410 or more, even if it is a single solvent comprising a compound having a ratio (δH/δD) of 0.410 or more. may be either. The ratio (δH/δD) of the compounds contained in the solvent 2 is preferably 0.430 or more, and may be 1.8 or less, preferably 1.5 or less, more preferably 1.3 or less. be.
 溶剤2としては、具体的に、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、イソブチルアルコール、イソペンチルアルコール、n―アミルアルコール、ジアセトンアルコール、ベンジルアルコール等の非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A;2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-ドデカフルオロ-1-ヘプタノール、パーフルオロオクチルエタノール、1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2プロパノール、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロ-1-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-オクタフルオロ-1-ペンタノール、2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9-ヘキサデカフルオロ-1-ノナオール、1H,1H,2H,2H-トリデカフルオロ-1-n-オクタノール、1H,1H,2H,2H-ノナフルオロ-1-ヘキサノール等の含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A;アセトン等のケトン系溶剤2-A;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶剤2-A;エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコール等のエーテルアルコール系溶剤2-A;プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート等のエーテルエステル系溶剤2-A;等の溶剤が挙げられる。なお、本明細書において、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、ケトン系溶剤2-A、エーテル系溶剤2-A、エーテルアルコール系溶剤2-A、及びエーテルエステル系溶剤2-Aは、それぞれ、比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上の、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、エーテルアルコール系溶剤、及びエーテルエステル系溶剤を指す。また、本明細書において、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤とは、フッ素原子を有さないアルコール系溶剤を指し、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤とは、フッ素原子を1つ以上有するアルコール系溶剤を指す。ケトン系溶剤には、アルコール性水酸基を有する溶剤は含まれない。 Specific examples of the solvent 2 include non-fluorine-type solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, isopentyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, and benzyl alcohol. Alcohol-based solvent 2-A; 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol, perfluorooctylethanol, 1,1,3,3 ,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoro-1-pentanol, 2, 2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9-hexadecafluoro-1-nonaol, 1H,1H,2H,2H-tridecafluoro- Fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A such as 1-n-octanol, 1H, 1H, 2H, 2H-nonafluoro-1-hexanol; Ketone solvent 2-A such as acetone; Ether solvent 2-A such as tetrahydrofuran Ether alcohol solvent 2-A such as ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and dipropylene glycol; Ether ester solvent 2-A such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate; be done. In this specification, non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, ketone solvent 2-A, ether solvent 2-A, ether alcohol solvent 2-A, and The ether ester solvent 2-A is a non-fluorinated alcohol solvent, a fluorine-containing alcohol solvent, a ketone solvent, an ether solvent, and an ether alcohol solvent, each having a ratio (δH/δD) of 0.410 or more. , and refers to ether ester solvents. Further, in this specification, the term "non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent" refers to an alcoholic solvent having no fluorine atoms, and the term "fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent" refers to an alcoholic solvent having at least one fluorine atom. Ketone solvents do not include solvents having alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
 溶剤2としては、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、又は式(E.1)に基づいて算出される有機ケイ素化合物(C)とのハンセン溶解度パラメータの距離Raが5(J/cm30.5以下の有機溶剤2-Bを含むことが好ましく、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aと有機溶剤2-Bとを含む混合溶剤であってもよい。 As the solvent 2, a non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A or a distance Ra of the Hansen solubility parameter to the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on the formula (E.1) is 5 (J/cm 3 ). It preferably contains 0.5 or less organic solvent 2-B, and may be a mixed solvent containing non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and organic solvent 2-B.
 非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの中でも、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、イソブチルアルコール等のアルキルアルコール、又はジアセトンアルコール等の分子内にアルコール性水酸基及びカルボニル基を有するケトアルコールが好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキルアルコール又はジアセトンアルコールがより好ましく、エタノール又はジアセトンアルコールが特に好ましい。 Among non-fluorinated alcohol solvents 2-A, alkyl alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, or alcoholic hydroxyl groups and diacetone alcohols in the molecule A keto alcohol having a carbonyl group is preferred, an alkyl alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or diacetone alcohol is more preferred, and ethanol or diacetone alcohol is particularly preferred.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)の溶解性向上の観点から、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上であり、また、5質量%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは3質量%以下、さらに好ましくは1質量%以下、よりさらに好ましくは0.5質量%以下、特に好ましくは0.1質量%以下である。 From the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the organosilicon compound (C), the amount of the non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0%, based on 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. 0.03% by mass or more, and preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, even more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably It is 0.1% by mass or less.
 有機溶剤2-Bは、式(E.1)に基づいて算出される有機ケイ素化合物(C)とのハンセン溶解度パラメータの距離Raが5(J/cm30.5以下の化合物からなる有機溶剤である。 Organic solvent 2-B is an organic solvent composed of a compound having a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less from the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on formula (E.1). be.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000018
[式中、
 δD1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm30.5
 δD2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm30.5
 δP1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm30.5
 δP2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm30.5
 δH1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm30.5
 δH2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm30.5である]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000018
[In the formula,
δD1: dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δD2: dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP1: the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δP2: Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
δH1: hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
δH2: Hydrogen bonding term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5 ]
 有機溶剤2-Bは、上述の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上であり、且つ上記式(E.1)に基づいて算出される距離Raが5(J/cm30.5以下の化合物からなる有機溶剤である。有機溶剤2-Bは、上記条件を満たす化合物からなる単独溶剤であっても、それぞれが上記条件を満たす2種以上の化合物からなる溶剤混合物のいずれであってもよい。 The organic solvent 2-B has a ratio (δH/δD) of 0.410 or more and a distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less calculated based on the above formula (E.1). It is an organic solvent consisting of compounds. The organic solvent 2-B may be either a single solvent consisting of a compound satisfying the above conditions or a solvent mixture consisting of two or more compounds each satisfying the above conditions.
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)の溶解性向上の観点から、有機溶剤2-Bに含まれる化合物は、上記式(E.1)に基づいて算出される距離Raが、4.8(J/cm30.5以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは4.0(J/cm30.5以下、さらに好ましくは3.5(J/cm30.5以下であり、また、0.5(J/cm30.5以上であってもよく、1.0(J/cm30.5以上であってもよく、2.0(J/cm30.5以上であってもよい。 From the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the organosilicon compound (C), the compound contained in the organic solvent 2-B has a distance Ra calculated based on the above formula (E.1) of 4.8 (J/cm 3 ) is preferably 0.5 or less, more preferably 4.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, still more preferably 3.5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, and 0.5 (J/cm 3 ) It may be 0.5 or more, 1.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or more, or 2.0 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or more.
 式(E.1)において、有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータは、上述の溶解球法により決定された値を用いることができる。また有機ケイ素化合物(C)が2種の化合物からなる混合物の場合、式(E.2)に基づき有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータを計算できる。体積分率は近似的に重量分率に変更することもできる。なお、式(E.2)では、上記2種の化合物の一方を有機ケイ素化合物(Cc1)とし、もう一方の化合物を有機ケイ素化合物(Cc2)として記載する。 In formula (E.1), the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can use the value determined by the above-described dissolving sphere method. Also, when the organosilicon compound (C) is a mixture of two compounds, the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can be calculated based on formula (E.2). Volume fractions can also be approximated to weight fractions. In formula (E.2), one of the above two compounds is described as an organosilicon compound (Cc1) and the other as an organosilicon compound (Cc2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000019
[式中、δD1、δP1、及びδH1は式(E.1)に同じ。
 xIは、有機ケイ素化合物(C)中の有機ケイ素化合物(Cc1)の体積分率、
 xIIは、有機ケイ素化合物(C)中の有機ケイ素化合物(Cc2)の体積分率、
 (δD1I,δP1I,δH1I)は、有機ケイ素化合物(Cc1)のハンセン溶解度パラメータ、
 (δD1II,δP1II,δH1II)は、有機ケイ素化合物(Cc2)のハンセン溶解度パラメータである。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000019
[In the formula, δD1, δP1, and δH1 are the same as in formula (E.1).
x I is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc1) in the organosilicon compound (C);
x II is the volume fraction of the organosilicon compound (Cc2) in the organosilicon compound (C);
(δD1 I , δP1 I , δH1 I ) is the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (Cc1);
(δD1 II , δP1 II , δH1 II ) are the Hansen solubility parameters of the organosilicon compound (Cc2). ]
 なお、有機ケイ素化合物(C)が3種類以上の混合物である場合も同様の計算により、有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータを計算できる。 The Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) can also be calculated by similar calculations when the organosilicon compound (C) is a mixture of three or more types.
 有機溶剤2-Bの具体例は、有機ケイ素化合物(C)によって変わり得るが、上記式(E.1)に基づいて算出される距離Raが5(J/cm30.5以下の化合物である限り、上述の非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、ケトン系溶剤2-A、エーテル系溶剤2-A、エーテルアルコール系溶剤2-A、及びエーテルエステル系溶剤2-Aで例示した化合物であってもよい。なお、溶剤2が非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A及び有機溶剤2-Bを含む場合は、有機溶媒2-Bに非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aが含まれることはない。 Specific examples of the organic solvent 2-B may vary depending on the organosilicon compound (C), but are compounds with a distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less calculated based on the above formula (E.1). As long as the above non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, ketone solvent 2-A, ether solvent 2-A, ether alcohol solvent 2-A, and ether ester solvent Compounds exemplified for solvent 2-A may also be used. When the solvent 2 contains the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2-B, the organic solvent 2-B does not contain the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A.
 有機溶剤2-Bの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上であり、また、75質量%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは5質量%以下、よりさらに好ましくは3質量%以下、よりさらに好ましくは1質量%以下、特に好ましくは0.5質量%以下である。 The amount of the organic solvent 2-B is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 75% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. It is preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less, even more preferably 3% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or less.
 溶剤2の全体を100質量%としたときの、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A及び有機溶剤2-Bの合計量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは80質量%以上、さらに好ましくは90質量%以上、特に好ましくは98質量%以上であり、100質量%であってもよい。 The total amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2-B is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, when the entire solvent 2 is 100% by mass. , more preferably 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aと有機溶剤2-Bとを含む場合、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aと有機溶剤2-Bの合計100質量%中、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上であり、また、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは30質量%以下、さらに好ましくは20質量%以下である。 When the solvent 2 contains the non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2-B, the amount of the non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A is the same as the non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A and the organic solvent 2. In the total 100% by mass of -B, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 50% by mass or less, more It is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
 また溶剤2としては、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、又はケトン系溶剤2-Aを少なくとも含むことも好ましく、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、ケトン系溶剤2-A、又はそれらの混合溶剤であることがより好ましい。 Further, the solvent 2 preferably contains at least a non-fluorine alcohol solvent 2-A, a fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, or a ketone solvent 2-A. More preferably, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, the ketone solvent 2-A, or a mixed solvent thereof.
 この場合、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとしては、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、イソブチルアルコール等のアルキルアルコール、又はジアセトンアルコール等のケトアルコールが好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルキルアルコール又はジアセトンアルコールであり、特に好ましくはエタノール又はジアセトンアルコールである。
 また、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとしては、2以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数2~10のアルキルアルコールであることが好ましく、より好ましくは分子内にパーフルオロアルキレン構造を有する炭素数2~10のアルキルアルコールであり、特に好ましくは2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-ドデカフルオロ-1-ヘプタノールである。
 また、ケトン系溶剤2-Aとしては、カルボニル基の両側に各々アルキル基が結合したケトンであることが好ましく、より好ましくはカルボニル基の両側に各々炭素数1~3のアルキル基が結合したケトンであり、特に好ましくはアセトンである。
In this case, as the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, alkyl alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol and isobutyl alcohol, or keto alcohols such as diacetone alcohol are preferable. , more preferably alkyl alcohol or diacetone alcohol having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably ethanol or diacetone alcohol.
The fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably an alkyl alcohol having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in which two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms, more preferably a perfluoroalkylene structure in the molecule. and particularly preferably 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol.
Further, the ketone-based solvent 2-A is preferably a ketone having an alkyl group bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group, more preferably a ketone having an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms bonded to both sides of the carbonyl group. and particularly preferably acetone.
 非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上であり、また、5質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは1質量%以下、さらに好ましくは0.5質量%以下である。非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、75質量%以下であってもよく、0.1質量%以下であってもよい。
 また、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.10質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは0.15質量%以上であり、また、20質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、さらに好ましくは1質量%以下、一層好ましくは0.5質量%以下である。含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、75質量%以下であってもよい。
 また、ケトン系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.10質量%以上、よりさらに好ましくは0.15質量%以上であり、また、75質量%以下であることが好ましい。ケトン系溶剤2-Aの量は、本発明の組成物100質量%中、20質量%以下、5質量%以下、3質量%以下、1質量%以下、又は0.5質量%以下であってもよい。
The amount of the non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. is preferred, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass or less. The amount of non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less, or 0.1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
The amount of the fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. % by mass or more, more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, even more preferably 1% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.5% by mass. It is below. The amount of fluorine-containing alcoholic solvent 2-A may be 75% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention.
Further, the amount of ketone solvent 2-A is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by mass or more in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. , more preferably 0.15% by mass or more, and preferably 75% by mass or less. The amount of ketone solvent 2-A is 20% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less in 100% by mass of the composition of the present invention. good too.
 溶剤2の全体を100質量%としたときの、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、並びにケトン系溶剤2-Aの合計量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは80質量%以上、さらに好ましくは90質量%以上、特に好ましくは98質量%以上であり、100質量%であってもよい。 The total amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, and the ketone solvent 2-A is 50% by mass or more when the total amount of the solvent 2 is 100% by mass. preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
 溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、及びケトン系溶剤2-Aからなる群より選ばれる2以上の溶剤を含む混合溶剤である場合、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとケトン系溶剤2-Aとを含む混合溶剤、或いは非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとケトン系溶剤2-Aとを含む混合溶剤であることが好ましい。 When the solvent 2 is a mixed solvent containing two or more solvents selected from the group consisting of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A, the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A, and the ketone solvent 2-A, A mixed solvent containing the fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A, or a mixed solvent containing the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A is preferable.
 溶剤2が、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとケトン系溶剤2-Aとの混合溶剤である場合、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、含フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとケトン系溶剤2-Aの合計100質量%中、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上であり、また、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは30質量%以下、さらに好ましくは20質量%以下である。また、溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとケトン系溶剤2-Aとの混合溶剤である場合、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aの量は、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-Aとケトン系溶剤2-Aの合計100質量%中、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上であり、また、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは30質量%以下、さらに好ましくは20質量%以下である。 When the solvent 2 is a mixed solvent of the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A, the amount of the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A is equal to that of the fluorine-containing alcohol solvent 2-A. and the ketone-based solvent 2-A in a total of 100% by mass, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less. is preferred, more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. Further, when the solvent 2 is a mixed solvent of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A and the ketone solvent 2-A, the amount of the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A is -A and ketone solvent 2-A in total 100% by mass, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 10% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物の全体を100質量%としたときの、溶剤2の量は、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上であり、また、75質量%以下であることが好ましい。本発明の組成物の全体を100質量%としたときの溶剤2の量は、20質量%以下であってもよく、5質量%以下であってもよく、1質量%以下であってもよい。 The amount of the solvent 2 is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, and 75% by mass or less when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. Preferably. The amount of the solvent 2 when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass may be 20% by mass or less, may be 5% by mass or less, or may be 1% by mass or less. .
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)1質量部に対する溶剤2の含有量は、0.01質量部以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.05質量部以上、さらに好ましくは0.10質量部以上であり、また、300質量部以下であることが好ましい。有機ケイ素化合物(C)1質量部に対する溶剤2の含有量は、20質量部以下であってもよく、10質量部以下であってもよく、3質量部以下であってもよい。 The content of the solvent 2 relative to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 0.10 parts by mass or more, and It is preferably 300 parts by mass or less. The content of the solvent 2 with respect to 1 part by mass of the organosilicon compound (C) may be 20 parts by mass or less, 10 parts by mass or less, or 3 parts by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物の全体を100質量%としたときの、溶剤1及び溶剤2の合計量は、80質量%以上が好ましく、より好ましくは90質量%以上であり、更に好ましくは95質量%以上、一層好ましくは98質量%以上であり、また99.9質量%以下であってもよい。 The total amount of solvent 1 and solvent 2 is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, and still more preferably 95% by mass or more when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. , more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 99.9% by mass or less.
 溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比は、0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.05質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.10質量%以上であり、また、250質量%以下であることが好ましい。溶剤1と溶剤2の質量比を上記範囲に調整することにより、組成物の保存安定性をより良好にでき、かつ得られる積層体の外観をより良好にすることができる。溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比は、100質量%以下であってもよく、20質量%以下であってもよく、5質量%以下であってもよい。また、溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比を0.2質量%以上250質量%以下、好ましくは2質量%以上250質量%以下とすることより、組成物の保存安定性をよりさらに良好にでき、溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比を0.1質量%以下、好ましくは0.05質量%以下とすることにより、得られる積層体の滑落角をより小さくすることができる。 The mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.10% by mass or more, and 250% by mass or less. is preferably By adjusting the mass ratio of Solvent 1 and Solvent 2 to the above range, the storage stability of the composition can be improved, and the appearance of the obtained laminate can be improved. The mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 may be 100% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, or 5% by mass or less. Further, by setting the mass ratio of the solvent 2 to the solvent 1 to 0.2% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less, preferably 2% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition can be further improved. By setting the mass ratio of the solvent 2 to the solvent 1 to 0.1% by mass or less, preferably 0.05% by mass or less, the sliding angle of the resulting laminate can be made smaller.
 本発明の組成物の全体を100質量%としたときの、有機ケイ素化合物(C)、溶剤1及び溶剤2の合計量は、90質量%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは95質量%以上、更に好ましくは98質量%以上であり、また100質量%であってもよい。 The total amount of the organosilicon compound (C), the solvent 1 and the solvent 2 is preferably 90% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, when the entire composition of the present invention is 100% by mass. , more preferably 98% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
 本発明の組成物は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲で、シラノール縮合触媒、酸化防止剤、防錆剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、防カビ剤、抗菌剤、抗ウイルス剤、生物付着防止剤、消臭剤、顔料、難燃剤、帯電防止剤等、各種の添加剤が混合されていてもよい。前記添加剤の量は、本発明の混合組成物100質量%中、5質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは1質量%以下である。 The composition of the present invention contains a silanol condensation catalyst, an antioxidant, an antirust agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antifungal agent, an antibacterial agent, an antiviral agent, and a biofouling agent, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Various additives such as inhibitors, deodorants, pigments, flame retardants, and antistatic agents may be mixed. The amount of the additive is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the mixed composition of the present invention.
 本発明の組成物は、基材と撥水層の間である中間層用のコーティング剤として用いることができる。本発明の組成物(以下、中間層形成用組成物という場合がある。)は保存安定性に優れている。また、本発明の一態様によれば、調製直後の中間層形成用組成物を用いて得られる積層体であっても、調製後に保存した後の中間層形成用組成物を用いて得られる積層体であっても、積層体の物性(好ましくは、耐摩耗性)及び/又は外観は良好なままである。以下、本発明の中間層形成用組成物から形成される中間層を含む積層体について説明する。 The composition of the present invention can be used as a coating agent for the intermediate layer between the substrate and the water-repellent layer. The composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as intermediate layer-forming composition) has excellent storage stability. Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, even if the laminate is obtained using the composition for forming an intermediate layer immediately after preparation, the laminate obtained using the composition for forming an intermediate layer after being stored after preparation Even in the body, the physical properties (preferably abrasion resistance) and/or appearance of the laminate remain good. A laminate including an intermediate layer formed from the intermediate layer-forming composition of the present invention will be described below.
<積層体>
 本発明の積層体は、基材(s)及び撥水層(r)が、中間層(c)を介して積層された積層体であって、前記中間層(c)は、本発明の組成物から形成される層であることを特徴とする。本発明の積層体は、撥水性が良好であり、好ましくは撥水性及び耐摩耗性が良好である。
<Laminate>
The laminate of the present invention is a laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c), and the intermediate layer (c) is composed of the composition of the present invention. It is characterized by being a layer formed from an object. The laminate of the present invention has good water repellency, preferably good water repellency and abrasion resistance.
1.基材(s)
 基材(s)の材質は特に限定されず、有機系材料、無機系材料のいずれでもよく、また基材の形状は平面、曲面のいずれであってもよいし、これらが組み合わさった形状でもよい。有機系材料としては、アクリル樹脂、アクリロニトリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂(例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等)、スチレン樹脂、セルロース樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ビニル系樹脂(例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ビニルベンジルクロライド系樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール等)、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリエーテルイミド樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、及びこれら共重合体などの熱可塑性樹脂;フェノール樹脂、ユリア樹脂、メラミン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル、シリコーン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂等の熱硬化性樹脂等が挙げられる。無機系材料としては、鉄、シリコン、銅、亜鉛、アルミニウム、チタン、ジルコニウム、ニオブ、タンタル、ランタン等の金属、これらの金属酸化物、又はこれら金属を含む合金、セラミックス、ガラスなどが挙げられる。この中でも特に、有機系材料が好ましく、アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ビニルベンジルクロライド系樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、及びウレタン樹脂の少なくとも1種がより好ましく、アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂がさらに好ましく、ポリエチレンテレフタレートが特に好ましい。
1. base material (s)
The material of the base material (s) is not particularly limited, and may be either an organic material or an inorganic material, and the shape of the base material may be flat, curved, or a combination of these. good. Examples of organic materials include acrylic resins, acrylonitrile resins, polycarbonate resins, polyester resins (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate), styrene resins, cellulose resins, polyolefin resins, vinyl resins (e.g., polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinylbenzyl chloride, etc.). resin, polyvinyl alcohol, etc.), polyvinylidene chloride resin, polyamide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyetherimide resin, polyethersulfone resin, polysulfone resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, copolymers thereof, etc. Thermoplastic resins; thermosetting resins such as phenol resins, urea resins, melamine resins, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyesters, silicone resins and urethane resins. Examples of inorganic materials include metals such as iron, silicon, copper, zinc, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, niobium, tantalum, and lanthanum, metal oxides thereof, alloys containing these metals, ceramics, and glass. Among these, organic materials are particularly preferable, and at least one of acrylic resins, polyester resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, epoxy resins, silicone resins, and urethane resins is more preferable, acrylic resins and polyester resins are more preferable, and polyethylene terephthalate. is particularly preferred.
 基材(s)には、無機粒子、有機粒子、ゴム粒子を分散させることも好ましく、また顔料や染料のような着色剤、蛍光増白剤、分散剤、可塑剤、熱安定剤、光安定剤、赤外線吸収剤、紫外線吸収剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、滑剤、溶剤などの配合剤を含有させてもよい。 It is also preferable to disperse inorganic particles, organic particles, rubber particles in the substrate (s), and also colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers. Ingredients such as agents, infrared absorbers, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants and solvents may also be incorporated.
 基材(s)の厚みは、例えば5μm以上であり、10μm以上が好ましく、より好ましくは20μm以上、更に好ましくは30μm以上であり、500μm以下であってよく、好ましくは200μm以下、より好ましくは150μm以下、更に好ましくは100μm以下、特に好ましくは60μm以下である。 The thickness of the substrate (s) is, for example, 5 μm or more, preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, still more preferably 30 μm or more, and may be 500 μm or less, preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 150 μm. Below, more preferably 100 μm or less, particularly preferably 60 μm or less.
2.層(X)
 本発明の積層体において、基材(s)と中間層(c)との間に、基材(s)、中間層(c)、及び撥水層(r)とは異なる層(X)が設けられていることが好ましい。層(X)としては、活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂及び熱硬化型の樹脂よりなる群(X1)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層が挙げられる。前記活性エネルギー線とは、活性種を発生する化合物を分解して活性種を発生させることができるエネルギー線と定義され、可視光、紫外線、赤外線、X線、α線、β線、γ線及び電子線などを挙げることができる。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂には、アクリル系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、オキセタン系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ビニルベンジルクロライド系樹脂、ビニル系樹脂(ポリエチレン、塩化ビニル系樹脂など)、スチレン系樹脂、フェノール系樹脂、ビニルエーテル系樹脂もしくはシリコーン系樹脂又はこれらの混合樹脂等の紫外線硬化型樹脂や、電子線硬化型樹脂が含まれ、特に紫外線硬化型樹脂が好ましい。群(X1)としては、特にアクリル系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、スチレン系樹脂、塩化ビニル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、フェノール系樹脂、及びエポキシ系樹脂が好ましい。また、層(X)としては、チタン酸化物、ジルコニウム酸化物、アルミニウム酸化物、ニオブ酸化物、タンタル酸化物、ランタン酸化物、及びSiO2よりなる群(X2)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層を挙げることもできる。層(X)の厚みは、例えば0.1nm以上100μm以下であり、好ましくは1nm以上60μm以下、より好ましくは1nm以上10μm以下である。
2. Layer (X)
In the laminate of the present invention, a layer (X) different from the substrate (s), the intermediate layer (c), and the water-repellent layer (r) is provided between the substrate (s) and the intermediate layer (c). is preferably provided. Examples of the layer (X) include layers formed from at least one selected from the group (X1) consisting of active energy ray-curable resins and thermosetting resins. The active energy ray is defined as an energy ray that can generate active species by decomposing a compound that generates active species, and includes visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, α rays, β rays, γ rays and An electron beam etc. can be mentioned. The active energy ray-curable resins include acrylic resins, epoxy resins, oxetane resins, urethane resins, polyamide resins, vinylbenzyl chloride resins, vinyl resins (polyethylene, vinyl chloride resins, etc.), styrene. UV-curable resins such as phenol-based resins, phenolic resins, vinyl ether-based resins, silicone-based resins, or mixed resins thereof, and electron beam-curable resins are included, and UV-curable resins are particularly preferred. As group (X1), acrylic resins, silicone resins, styrene resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyamide resins, phenol resins, and epoxy resins are particularly preferable. Further, the layer (X) is at least one selected from the group (X2) consisting of titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, niobium oxide, tantalum oxide, lanthanum oxide, and SiO 2 Layers that are formed can also be mentioned. The thickness of the layer (X) is, for example, 0.1 nm or more and 100 μm or less, preferably 1 nm or more and 60 μm or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and 10 μm or less.
2-1.ハードコート層(hc)
 層(X)が、前記群(X1)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層を有する場合、層(X)は表面硬度を有するハードコート層(hc)として機能することができ、基材(s)に耐擦傷性を付与することができる。ハードコート層(hc)の硬度は通常、鉛筆硬度でB以上であり、好ましくはHB以上、さらに好ましくはH以上、ことさら好ましくは2H以上である。層(X)がハードコート層(hc)を含む場合、すなわち層(X)がハードコート層の機能を有する場合、ハードコート層(hc)は単層構造であってもよく、多層構造であってもよい。ハードコート層(hc)は、例えば前記した紫外線硬化型樹脂を含むことが好ましく、特にアクリル系樹脂又はシリコーン系樹脂を含むことが好ましく、高硬度を発現するためには、アクリル系樹脂を含むことが好ましい。また、上記中間層(c)を介した撥水層(r)との密着性が良好となる傾向が見られることから、エポキシ系樹脂を含むことも好ましい。なお、群(X1)を構成する活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂及び熱硬化型の樹脂を形成する具体的な方法については、後述の表示装置の欄で説明する。
2-1. Hard coat layer (hc)
When the layer (X) has a layer formed from at least one selected from the group (X1), the layer (X) can function as a hard coat layer (hc) having surface hardness, The material (s) can be made scratch resistant. The hard coat layer (hc) generally has a pencil hardness of B or higher, preferably HB or higher, more preferably H or higher, and even more preferably 2H or higher. When the layer (X) contains the hard coat layer (hc), that is, when the layer (X) has the function of a hard coat layer, the hard coat layer (hc) may have a single layer structure or a multilayer structure. may The hard coat layer (hc) preferably contains, for example, the above-described UV-curable resin, and particularly preferably contains an acrylic resin or a silicone resin. is preferred. It is also preferable to contain an epoxy-based resin, since there is a tendency for good adhesion with the water-repellent layer (r) via the intermediate layer (c). A specific method for forming the active energy ray-curable resin and the thermosetting resin constituting the group (X1) will be described later in the column of the display device.
 層(X)がハードコート層(hc)を含む場合、ハードコート層(hc)は、添加剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤は限定されることはなく、無機系微粒子、有機系微粒子、又はこれらの混合物が挙げられる。添加剤としては、紫外線吸収剤、シリカ、アルミナ等の金属酸化物、ポリオルガノシロキサン等の無機フィラーを挙げることができる。無機フィラーを含むことによって、上記中間層(c)を介した上記撥水層(r)との密着性を向上できる。ハードコート層(hc)の厚みは、例えば1μm以上100μm以下、好ましくは3μm以上50μm以下であり、より好ましくは5μm以上20μm以下である。前記ハードコート層(hc)の厚みが1μm以上の場合、十分な耐擦傷性を確保することができ、100μm以下の場合、耐屈曲性を確保でき、その結果硬化収縮によるカール発生の抑制が可能となる。 When the layer (X) contains the hard coat layer (hc), the hard coat layer (hc) may contain additives. Additives are not limited and include inorganic microparticles, organic microparticles, or mixtures thereof. Examples of additives include ultraviolet absorbers, silica, metal oxides such as alumina, and inorganic fillers such as polyorganosiloxane. By including the inorganic filler, the adhesion to the water-repellent layer (r) via the intermediate layer (c) can be improved. The thickness of the hard coat layer (hc) is, for example, 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, preferably 3 μm or more and 50 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or more and 20 μm or less. When the thickness of the hard coat layer (hc) is 1 μm or more, sufficient scratch resistance can be ensured, and when it is 100 μm or less, flex resistance can be ensured, and as a result, curling due to curing shrinkage can be suppressed. becomes.
2-2.反射防止層(ar)
 層(X)が、前記群(X2)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される層を有する場合、層(X)は入射した光の反射を防止する反射防止層(ar)として機能することができる。層(X)が反射防止層(ar)を含む場合、反射防止層(ar)は、380~780nmの可視光領域において、反射率が5.0%以下程度に低減された反射特性を示す層であることが好ましい。反射防止層(ar)は、シリカから形成される層を含むことが好ましい。
2-2. Antireflection layer (ar)
When the layer (X) has a layer formed of at least one selected from the group (X2), the layer (X) functions as an antireflection layer (ar) that prevents reflection of incident light. can be done. When the layer (X) contains an antireflection layer (ar), the antireflection layer (ar) is a layer exhibiting reflection characteristics in which the reflectance is reduced to about 5.0% or less in the visible light region of 380 to 780 nm. is preferably The antireflection layer (ar) preferably comprises a layer formed from silica.
 反射防止層(ar)の構造は特に限定されず、単層構造であってもよいし、多層構造であってもよい。多層構造の場合、低屈折率層と高屈折率層とを交互に積層した構造が好ましく、積層数は合計で2~20であることが好ましい。高屈折率層を構成する材料としては、チタン、ジルコニウム、アルミニウム、ニオブ、タンタル又はランタンの酸化物などが挙げられ、低屈折率層を構成する材料としてはシリカなどが挙げられる。多層構造の反射防止層としては、SiO2(シリカ)とZrO2、又は、SiO2とNb25が交互に積層され、基材(s)と反対側の最外層がSiO2である構造が好ましい。反射防止層(ar)は、例えば蒸着法によって形成することができる。反射防止層(ar)の厚みは、例えば0.1nm以上1000nm以下である。 The structure of the antireflection layer (ar) is not particularly limited, and may be a single layer structure or a multilayer structure. In the case of a multilayer structure, a structure in which low refractive index layers and high refractive index layers are alternately laminated is preferable, and the number of laminated layers is preferably 2 to 20 in total. Materials for forming the high refractive index layer include oxides of titanium, zirconium, aluminum, niobium, tantalum, or lanthanum, and materials for forming the low refractive index layer include silica. The multilayered antireflection layer has a structure in which SiO 2 (silica) and ZrO 2 or SiO 2 and Nb 2 O 5 are alternately laminated, and the outermost layer on the side opposite to the substrate (s) is SiO 2 . is preferred. The antireflection layer (ar) can be formed by vapor deposition, for example. The thickness of the antireflection layer (ar) is, for example, 0.1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
 層(X)は、少なくともハードコート層(hc)を含むことが好ましく、ハードコート層(hc)及び反射防止層(ar)の両方を含んでいてもよい。層(X)がハードコート層(hc)及び反射防止層(ar)の両方を含んでいる場合、本発明の積層体は、基材側から、基材(s)、ハードコート層(hc)、反射防止層(ar)、中間層(c)、撥水層(r)の順に積層されていることが好ましい。 The layer (X) preferably contains at least the hard coat layer (hc), and may contain both the hard coat layer (hc) and the antireflection layer (ar). When the layer (X) contains both the hard coat layer (hc) and the antireflection layer (ar), the laminate of the present invention comprises, from the substrate side, the substrate (s), the hard coat layer (hc) , the antireflection layer (ar), the intermediate layer (c), and the water-repellent layer (r) are preferably laminated in this order.
3.中間層(c)
 中間層(c)は、前記中間層形成用組成物から形成される層であり、前記中間層形成用組成物の硬化層であることが好ましい。中間層(c)は、有機ケイ素化合物(C)由来の構造を有している。前述の通り、好ましい態様においては、有機ケイ素化合物(C)のケイ素原子には加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合している。従って、有機ケイ素化合物(C)が有する-SiOH基又はケイ素原子に結合した加水分解性基の加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(C)の-SiOH基が、有機ケイ素化合物(C)由来の-SiOH基、又は積層体において中間層(c)が形成される面の活性水素(水酸基など)と脱水縮合するため、中間層(c)は、有機ケイ素化合物(C)由来の縮合構造を有することが好ましい。中間層(c)は撥水層(r)のプライマー層として機能することができる。中間層(c)の厚みは、例えば1nm以上、1000nm以下である。
3. Intermediate layer (c)
The intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the intermediate layer-forming composition, and is preferably a cured layer of the intermediate layer-forming composition. The intermediate layer (c) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C). As described above, in a preferred embodiment, a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (C). Therefore, the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (C) generated by hydrolysis of the hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom is the — derived from the organosilicon compound (C) The intermediate layer (c) should have a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (C) because it undergoes dehydration condensation with SiOH groups or active hydrogen (such as hydroxyl groups) on the surface of the laminate where the intermediate layer (c) is formed. is preferred. The intermediate layer (c) can function as a primer layer for the water-repellent layer (r). The thickness of the intermediate layer (c) is, for example, 1 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
4.撥水層(r)
 撥水層(r)は、後述する有機ケイ素化合物(A)の混合組成物(以下、撥水層形成用組成物という場合がある。)から形成される層であることが好ましく、前記撥水層形成用組成物の硬化層であることがより好ましい。
4. Water-repellent layer (r)
The water-repellent layer (r) is preferably a layer formed from a mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (A) described later (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a composition for forming a water-repellent layer). More preferably, it is a cured layer of a layer-forming composition.
4-1.有機ケイ素化合物(A)
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)は、フルオロポリエーテル構造を含む。前記フルオロポリエーテル構造は、フルオロオキシアルキレン基ともいうことができ、両端が酸素原子である構造を意味する。フルオロポリエーテル構造は、撥水性又は撥油性などの撥液性を有する。フルオロポリエーテル構造は、パーフルオロポリエーテル構造であることが好ましい。フルオロポリエーテル構造の最も長い直鎖部分に含まれる炭素数は、例えば5以上であることが好ましく、10以上がより好ましく、更により好ましくは20以上である。前記炭素数の上限は特に限定されず、例えば200であり、好ましくは150である。前記有機ケイ素化合物(A)1分子中のケイ素原子の数は1~10であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~6である。
4-1. Organosilicon compound (A)
The organosilicon compound (A) contains a fluoropolyether structure. The fluoropolyether structure can also be referred to as a fluorooxyalkylene group, and means a structure in which both ends are oxygen atoms. Fluoropolyether structures have liquid repellency, such as water repellency or oil repellency. The fluoropolyether structure is preferably a perfluoropolyether structure. The number of carbon atoms contained in the longest linear portion of the fluoropolyether structure is, for example, preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and even more preferably 20 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 200, preferably 150. The number of silicon atoms in one molecule of the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-6.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)は、フルオロポリエーテル構造とケイ素原子に加えて、加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基(以下、両者を合わせて、反応性基(h3)と呼ぶ)を含むことが好ましく、該反応性基(h3)は、連結基を介して又は連結基を介さずに前記ケイ素原子に結合していることがより好ましい。前記反応性基(h3)は、加水分解・脱水縮合反応を通じて、有機ケイ素化合物(A)同士;有機ケイ素化合物(A)と他の単量体;又は有機ケイ素化合物(A)と撥水層形成用組成物が塗布される面の活性水素(水酸基など);と共に縮合反応を通じて結合する作用を有する。前記加水分解性基としては、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アセトキシ基、イソシアネート基等が挙げられる。前記反応性基(h3)は、アルコキシ基又はハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、炭素数が1~4であるアルコキシ基又は塩素原子であることがより好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基が特に好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (A) preferably contains a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group (hereinafter both are collectively referred to as a reactive group (h3)) in addition to a fluoropolyether structure and a silicon atom, and the More preferably, the reactive group (h3) is bonded to the silicon atom via a linking group or not via a linking group. The reactive group (h3) forms a water-repellent layer with the organosilicon compound (A), with another monomer, with the organosilicon compound (A), or with the organosilicon compound (A) through a hydrolysis/dehydration condensation reaction. It has the function of bonding through a condensation reaction with active hydrogens (such as hydroxyl groups) on the surface to which the composition is applied. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group. The reactive group (h3) is preferably an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a chlorine atom, and particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)がフルオロポリエーテル構造とケイ素原子と反応性基(h3)を含む態様において、フルオロポリエーテル構造の酸素原子を結合手側の末端に有する1価の基(以下、FPE基と呼ぶ)と、ケイ素原子が、連結基を介して又は連結基を介さずに結合しており、かつ、ケイ素原子と反応性基(h3)が連結基を介して又は連結基を介さずに結合していることが好ましい。前記FPE基とケイ素原子が連結基を介して結合している場合、前記反応性基(h3)が連結基を介して又は連結基を介さずに結合したケイ素原子は、有機ケイ素化合物(A)の一分子中に1又は複数存在していてもよく、その数は例えば1以上、10以下である。 In the embodiment in which the organosilicon compound (A) contains a fluoropolyether structure, a silicon atom and a reactive group (h3), a monovalent group having an oxygen atom of the fluoropolyether structure at the terminal on the bond side (hereinafter referred to as an FPE group ), the silicon atom is bonded with or without a linking group, and the silicon atom and the reactive group (h3) are bonded with or without a linking group Bonding is preferred. When the FPE group and the silicon atom are bonded via a linking group, the silicon atom bonded to the reactive group (h3) via the linking group or not via the linking group is the organosilicon compound (A) may be present in one molecule, and the number thereof is, for example, 1 or more and 10 or less.
 前記FPE基は、直鎖状であってもよいし、側鎖を有していてもよく、側鎖を有していることが好ましい。側鎖を有している態様として特に、FPE基中のフルオロポリエーテル構造が側鎖を有していることが好ましい。側鎖としてフルオロアルキル基を有することが好ましく、該フルオロアルキル基はより好ましくはパーフルオロアルキル基であり、更に好ましくはトリフルオロメチル基である。前記FPE基とケイ素原子を連結する連結基の炭素数は、例えば1以上、20以下であり、好ましくは2以上、15以下である。前記したFPE基は、末端にフルオロアルキル基を有する含フッ素基とパーフルオロポリエーテル構造が直接結合した基であることが好ましい。含フッ素基は、フルオロアルキル基であってもよく、フルオロアルキル基に2価の芳香族炭化水素基等の連結基が結合した基であってもよいが、フルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。該フルオロアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数が1~20のパーフルオロアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 The FPE group may be linear or may have a side chain, and preferably has a side chain. As an aspect having a side chain, it is particularly preferable that the fluoropolyether structure in the FPE group has a side chain. It preferably has a fluoroalkyl group as a side chain, and the fluoroalkyl group is more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, still more preferably a trifluoromethyl group. The carbon number of the linking group linking the FPE group and the silicon atom is, for example, 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably 2 or more and 15 or less. The FPE group described above is preferably a group in which a fluorine-containing group having a fluoroalkyl group at its end and a perfluoropolyether structure are directly bonded. The fluorine-containing group may be a fluoroalkyl group or a group in which a linking group such as a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is bonded to a fluoroalkyl group, but is preferably a fluoroalkyl group. The fluoroalkyl group is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 前記含フッ素基としては、例えば、CF3(CF2p-(pは、例えば1~19であり、好ましくは1~10である)、CF3(CF2m-(CH2n-、CF3(CF2m-C64-(mはいずれも1~10であり、好ましくは3~7であり、nはいずれも1~5であり、好ましくは2~4である)が挙げられ、CF3(CF2p-又はCF3(CF2m-(CH2n-が好ましい。 Examples of the fluorine-containing group include CF 3 (CF 2 ) p — (p is, for example, 1 to 19, preferably 1 to 10), CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n -, CF 3 (CF 2 ) m -C 6 H 4 - (m is 1 to 10, preferably 3 to 7; n is 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4; CF 3 (CF 2 ) p — or CF 3 (CF 2 ) m —(CH 2 ) n — is preferred.
 前記反応性基(h3)は連結基を介してケイ素原子に結合していてもよいし、連結基を介さずに直接ケイ素原子に結合していてもよく、直接ケイ素原子に結合していることが好ましい。1つのケイ素原子に結合する反応性基(h3)の数は、1つ以上であればよく、2又は3であってもよいが、2又は3であるのが好ましく、3であるのが特に好ましい。2つ以上の反応性基(h3)がケイ素原子に結合している場合、異なる反応性基(h3)がケイ素原子に結合していてもよいが、同じ反応性基(h3)がケイ素原子に結合しているのが好ましい。1つのケイ素原子に結合する反応性基(h3)の数が2以下の場合、残りの結合手には、反応性基(h3)以外の1価の基が結合していてもよく、例えば、アルキル基(特に炭素数が1~4のアルキル基)、H、NCOなどが結合できる。 The reactive group (h3) may be bonded to the silicon atom via a linking group, or may be directly bonded to the silicon atom without the linking group, and is directly bonded to the silicon atom. is preferred. The number of reactive groups (h3) bonded to one silicon atom may be 1 or more, and may be 2 or 3, preferably 2 or 3, particularly 3 preferable. When two or more reactive groups (h3) are attached to the silicon atom, different reactive groups (h3) may be attached to the silicon atom, but the same reactive group (h3) may be attached to the silicon atom. preferably combined. When the number of reactive groups (h3) bonded to one silicon atom is 2 or less, the remaining bonds may be bonded with a monovalent group other than the reactive group (h3), for example, An alkyl group (especially an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), H, NCO, etc. can be bonded.
 前記有機ケイ素化合物(A)は、下記式(a1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (A) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (a1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 上記式(a1)中、
 Rfa26、Rfa27、Rfa28、及びRfa29は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のフッ化アルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfa26が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa26がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfa27が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa27がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfa28が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa28がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfa29が複数存在する場合は複数のRfa29がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 R25及びR26は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は1個以上の水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換された炭素数1~4のハロゲン化アルキル基であり、一つの炭素原子に結合するR25及びR26の少なくとも一方は水素原子であり、R25が複数存在する場合は複数のR25がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R26が複数存在する場合は複数のR26がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 R27及びR28は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又は単結合であり、R27が複数存在する場合は複数のR27がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R28が複数存在する場合は複数のR28がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 R29及びR30は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、R29が複数存在する場合は複数のR29がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R30が複数存在する場合は複数のR30がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 M7は、-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-NR-、-NRC(=O)-、-C(=O)NR-、-CH=CH-、又は-C64-(フェニレン基)であり、前記Rは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4の含フッ素アルキル基であり、M7が複数存在する場合は複数のM7がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 M5は、水素原子、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、M5が複数存在する場合は複数のM5がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 M10は、水素原子、又はハロゲン原子であり、
 M8及びM9は、それぞれ独立して、加水分解性基、ヒドロキシ基、又は-(CH2e7-Si(OR143であり、e7は1~5であり、R14はメチル基又はエチル基であり、M8が複数存在する場合は複数のM8がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、M9が複数存在する場合は複数のM9がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 f21、f22、f23、f24、及びf25はそれぞれ独立して0~600の整数であり、f21、f22、f23、f24、及びf25の合計値は13以上であり、
 f26は、0~20の整数であり、
 f27は、それぞれ独立して、0~2の整数であり、
 g21は1~3の整数、g22は0~2の整数、g21+g22≦3であり、
 g31は1~3の整数、g32は0~2の整数、g31+g32≦3であり、
 M10-、-Si(M9g31(H)g32(R303-g31-g32、f21個の-{C(R25)(R26)}-単位(Ua1)、f22個の-{C(Rfa26)(Rfa27)}-単位(Ua2)、f23個の-{Si(R27)(R28)}-単位(Ua3)、f24個の-{Si(Rfa28)(Rfa29)}-単位(Ua4)、f25個の-M7-単位(Ua5)、及びf26個の-[C(M5){(CH2f27-Si(M8g21(H)g22(R293-g21-g22}]-単位(Ua6)は、M10-が式(a1)における一方の末端であり、-Si(M9g31(H)g32(R303-g31-g32が他方の末端であり、少なくとも一部でフルオロポリエーテル構造を形成する順で並び、-O-が-O-と連続しない限り、それぞれの単位が任意の順で並んで結合する。任意の順で並んで結合するとは、各繰り返し単位が連続して上記式(a1)に記載の通りの順に並ぶ意味に限定されないことを意味し、またf21個の単位(Ua1)が連続して結合している必要はなく、途中に他の単位を介して結合していてもよく、合計でf21個あればよいことを意味する。f22~f26で括られる単位(Ua2)~(Ua6)についても同様である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
In the above formula (a1),
Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 , and Rf a29 are each independently a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom ; When a plurality of Rf a26 are present, a plurality of Rf a26 may be different, when a plurality of Rf a27 are present, a plurality of Rf a27 may be different, and when a plurality of Rf a28 are present, a plurality of Rf a28 may be different from each other, and when a plurality of Rf a29 are present, the plurality of Rf a29 may be different,
R 25 and R 26 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with halogen atoms; group, at least one of R 25 and R 26 bonded to one carbon atom is a hydrogen atom, and when a plurality of R 25 are present, the plurality of R 25 may be different, When doing, multiple R 26 may be different,
R 27 and R 28 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a single bond ; When a plurality of R 28 are present, the plurality of R 28 may be different,
R 29 and R 30 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms ; may have different R 30 ,
M7 is -O-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-, -NR-, -NRC (=O)-, -C(=O)NR-, - CH═CH— or —C 6 H 4 — (phenylene group), R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and M 7 is When a plurality of M 7 are present, the plurality of M 7 may be different,
M 5 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when multiple M 5 are present, the multiple M 5 may be different,
M 10 is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom,
M 8 and M 9 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, a hydroxy group, or —(CH 2 ) e7 —Si(OR 14 ) 3 , e7 is 1 to 5, and R 14 is a methyl group; or an ethyl group, and when a plurality of M 8 are present, the plurality of M 8 may be different, and when a plurality of M 9 is present, the plurality of M 9 may be different,
f21, f22, f23, f24, and f25 are each independently an integer of 0 to 600, and the total value of f21, f22, f23, f24, and f25 is 13 or more,
f26 is an integer from 0 to 20,
f27 is each independently an integer of 0 to 2,
g21 is an integer of 1 to 3, g22 is an integer of 0 to 2, g21 + g22 ≤ 3,
g31 is an integer of 1 to 3, g32 is an integer of 0 to 2, g31 + g32 ≤ 3,
M 10 -, -Si(M 9 ) g31 (H) g32 (R 30 ) 3 -g31-g32 , f21 -{C(R 25 )(R 26 )}-units (U a1 ), f22 - {C(Rf a26 ) (Rf a27 )} - unit (U a2 ), f23 - {Si (R 27 ) (R 28 )} - unit (U a3 ), f24 - {Si (Rf a28 )(Rf a29 )}-units (U a4 ), f 25 -M 7 -units (U a5 ), and f 26 -[C(M 5 ){(CH 2 ) f27 -Si(M 8 ) g21 (H) g22 (R 29 ) 3-g21-g22 }]-unit (U a6 ) has M 10 - at one end in formula (a1), and -Si(M 9 ) g31 (H) g32 ( R 30 ) 3-g31-g32 is the other terminal, and each unit can be arranged in any order as long as at least a portion thereof forms a fluoropolyether structure and -O- is not continuous with -O- Join side by side. “Arranged in any order and bonded” means that the repeating units are not limited to the order in which the repeating units are consecutively arranged in the order described in formula (a1) above, and f21 units (U a1 ) are consecutively arranged It means that f21 units in total need not be bonded through other units and may be bonded via other units in the middle. The same applies to the units (U a2 ) to (U a6 ) enclosed by f22 to f26.
 また、R27及びR28の少なくとも一方が単結合である場合には、f23で括られる単位の単結合部分と、M7における-O-とが、繰り返し結合して、分岐鎖状又は環状のシロキサン結合を形成することができる。 Further, when at least one of R 27 and R 28 is a single bond, the single bond portion of the unit enclosed by f23 and —O— in M 7 are repeatedly bonded to form a branched or cyclic A siloxane bond can be formed.
 Rfa26、Rfa27、Rfa28、及びRfa29は、好ましくはそれぞれ独立して、フッ素原子、又は1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~2のフッ化アルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子、又は全ての水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~2のフッ化アルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 R25及びR26は、好ましくはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はフッ素原子であり、一つの炭素原子に結合するR25及びR26の少なくとも一方は水素原子であり、より好ましくはいずれも水素原子である。
 R27及びR28は、好ましくはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、又は炭素数1~2のアルキル基であり、より好ましくはすべて水素原子である。
 R29及びR30は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~2のアルキル基である。
 M7は、好ましくは、-C(=O)-O-、-O-、-O-C(=O)-であり、より好ましくはすべて-O-である。
 M5は、好ましくは水素原子又は炭素数1~2のアルキル基であり、より好ましくはすべて水素原子である。
 M10は、好ましくはフッ素原子である。
 M8及びM9は、好ましくはそれぞれ独立して、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子であり、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、塩素原子がより好ましく、特にメトキシ基、又はエトキシ基が好ましい。
 好ましくは、f21、f23、及びf24は、それぞれf22の1/2以下であり、より好ましくは1/4以下であり、さらに好ましくはf23又はf24は0であり、特に好ましくはf23及びf24は0である。
 f25は、好ましくはf21、f22、f23、f24の合計値の1/5以上であり、f21、f22、f23、f24の合計値以下である。
 f21は0~20が好ましく、より好ましくは0~15であり、更に好ましくは1~15であり、特に2~10が好ましい。f22は、5~600が好ましく、8~600がより好ましく、更に好ましくは20~200であり、一層好ましくは30~200であり、より一層好ましくは35~180であり、最も好ましくは40~180である。f23及びf24は、0~5が好ましく、より好ましくは0~3であり、更に好ましくは0である。f25は4~600が好ましく、より好ましくは4~200であり、更に好ましくは10~200であり、一層好ましくは30~60である。f21、f22、f23、f24、f25の合計値は、20~600が好ましく、20~250がより好ましく、50~230が更に好ましい。f26は、好ましくは0~18であり、より好ましくは0~15であり、更に好ましくは0~10であり、一層好ましくは0~5である。f27は、好ましくは0~1であり、より好ましくは0である。g21及びg31は、それぞれ独立して2~3が好ましく、3がより好ましい。g22及びg32は、それぞれ独立して0又は1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。g21+g22、及びg31+g32は3であることが好ましい。
Rf a26 , Rf a27 , Rf a28 and Rf a29 are preferably each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms. More preferably, it is a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms in which all hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms.
R 25 and R 26 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, at least one of R 25 and R 26 bonded to one carbon atom is a hydrogen atom, more preferably both are hydrogen is an atom.
R 27 and R 28 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
R 29 and R 30 are preferably C 1-5 alkyl groups, more preferably C 1-2 alkyl groups.
M 7 is preferably -C(=O)-O-, -O-, -OC(=O)-, more preferably all -O-.
M 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms, more preferably all hydrogen atoms.
M 10 is preferably a fluorine atom.
M8 and M9 are preferably each independently an alkoxy group or a halogen atom, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a chlorine atom, particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
Preferably, f21, f23, and f24 are each 1/2 or less of f22, more preferably 1/4 or less, still more preferably f23 or f24 is 0, and particularly preferably f23 and f24 are 0 is.
f25 is preferably 1/5 or more of the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24 and less than or equal to the total value of f21, f22, f23, and f24.
f21 is preferably 0-20, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 1-15, and particularly preferably 2-10. f22 is preferably 5 to 600, more preferably 8 to 600, still more preferably 20 to 200, still more preferably 30 to 200, still more preferably 35 to 180, most preferably 40 to 180 is. f23 and f24 are preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 3, still more preferably 0. f25 is preferably 4-600, more preferably 4-200, even more preferably 10-200, still more preferably 30-60. The total value of f21, f22, f23, f24 and f25 is preferably 20-600, more preferably 20-250, even more preferably 50-230. f26 is preferably 0-18, more preferably 0-15, even more preferably 0-10, still more preferably 0-5. f27 is preferably 0 to 1, more preferably 0. g21 and g31 are each independently preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3. g22 and g32 are each independently preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. g21+g22 and g31+g32 are preferably three.
 上記式(a1)において、R25及びR26がいずれも水素原子であり、Rfa26及びRfa27がフッ素原子又は全ての水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~2のフッ化アルキル基であり、M7が全て-O-であり、M8及びM9が全てメトキシ基、エトキシ基又は塩素原子(特にメトキシ基又はエトキシ基)であり、M5が水素原子であり、M10がフッ素原子であり、f21が1~10(好ましくは2~7)、f22が30~200(より好ましくは40~180)、f23及びf24が0、f25が30~60、f26が0~6であり、f27が0~1(特に好ましくは0)であり、g21及びg31が1~3(いずれも好ましくは2以上であり、より好ましくは3)であり、g22及びg32が0~2(いずれも好ましくは0又は1であり、より好ましくは0)であり、g21+g22、及びg31+g32が3である化合物(a11)を有機ケイ素化合物(A)として用いることが好ましい。 In the above formula (a1), both R 25 and R 26 are hydrogen atoms, and Rf a26 and Rf a27 are fluorine atoms or C 1-2 fluorinated alkyl groups in which all hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms. wherein M 7 is all —O—, M 8 and M 9 are all methoxy, ethoxy or chlorine atoms (especially methoxy or ethoxy), M 5 is hydrogen and M 10 is a fluorine atom, f21 is 1 to 10 (preferably 2 to 7), f22 is 30 to 200 (more preferably 40 to 180), f23 and f24 are 0, f25 is 30 to 60, and f26 is 0 to 6 , f27 is 0 to 1 (especially preferably 0), g21 and g31 are 1 to 3 (both are preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3), g22 and g32 are 0 to 2 (any is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0), and the compound (a11) in which g21+g22 and g31+g32 are 3 is preferably used as the organosilicon compound (A).
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)は下記式(a2)で表されることが好ましい。 The organosilicon compound (A) is preferably represented by the following formula (a2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 上記式(a2)中、
 Rfa1は、両端が酸素原子である2価のフルオロポリエーテル構造であり、
 R11、R12、及びR13は、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、R11が複数存在する場合は複数のR11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R12が複数存在する場合は複数のR12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、R13が複数存在する場合は複数のR13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 E1、E2、E3、E4、及びE5は、それぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子であり、E1が複数存在する場合は複数のE1がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E2が複数存在する場合は複数のE2がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E3が複数存在する場合は複数のE3がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E4が複数存在する場合は複数のE4がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、E5が複数存在する場合は複数のE5がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 G1及びG2は、それぞれ独立して、シロキサン結合を有する2~10価のオルガノシロキサン基であり、
 J1、J2、及びJ3は、それぞれ独立して、加水分解性基、ヒドロキシ基又は-(CH2e7-Si(OR143であり、e7は1~5であり、R14はメチル基又はエチル基であり、J1が複数存在する場合は複数のJ1がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、J2が複数存在する場合は複数のJ2がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、J3が複数存在する場合は複数のJ3がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立して、酸素原子、窒素原子、ケイ素原子又はフッ素原子を含んでいてもよい炭素数1~12の2価の連結基であって、-{C(R25)(R26)}-単位(Ua1)、-{C(Rfa26)(Rfa27)}-単位(Ua2)、-{Si(R27)(R28)}-単位(Ua3)又は-M7-単位(Ua5)の一つ以上が任意の順で並んで結合した連結基であり(R25、R26、R27、R28、Rfa26、Rfa27、M7は上記式(a1)におけるものと同じ)、
 a10及びa14は、それぞれ独立して0又は1であり、
 a11及びa15は、それぞれ独立して0又は1であり、
 a12及びa16は、それぞれ独立して0~9であり、
 a13は、0~4であり、
 a11が0の時、又はa11が1であってG1が2価の時はd11は1であり、a11が1であってG1が3~10価のときは、d11はG1の価数より一つ少ない数であり、
 a15が0の時、又はa15が1であってG2が2価の時はd12が1であり、a15が1であってG2が3~10価のときは、d12はG2の価数より一つ少ない数であり、
 a21及びa23は、それぞれ独立して0~2であり、
 e11は1~3、e12は0~2であり、e11+e12≦3であり、
 e21は1~3、e22は0~2であり、e21+e22≦3であり、
 e31は1~3、e32は0~2であり、e31+e32≦3である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
In the above formula (a2),
Rf a1 is a divalent fluoropolyether structure having oxygen atoms at both ends,
R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 11 , the plurality of R 11 may be different from each other; When present, multiple R 12 may be different, and when multiple R 13 are present, multiple R 13 may be different,
E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , E 4 and E 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom; When a plurality of 2 are present, a plurality of E 2 may be different, when a plurality of E 3 are present, a plurality of E 3 may be different, and when a plurality of E 4 is present, a plurality of E 4 may be different, and when multiple E 5 are present, the multiple E 5 may be different,
G 1 and G 2 are each independently a divalent to decavalent organosiloxane group having a siloxane bond,
J 1 , J 2 , and J 3 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, a hydroxy group, or —(CH 2 ) e7 —Si(OR 14 ) 3 , e7 is 1 to 5, and R 14 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and when there are a plurality of J 1 , the plurality of J 1 may be different, and when there are a plurality of J 2 , the plurality of J 2 may be different, and J When there are multiple 3 's, the multiple J 3 's may be different,
L 1 and L 2 are each independently a divalent linking group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom or a fluorine atom, and -{C(R 25 )(R 26 )}-unit (U a1 ),-{C(Rf a26 )(Rf a27 )}-unit (U a2 ),-{Si(R 27 )(R 28 )}-unit (U a3 ) Or, at least one -M 7 - unit (U a5 ) is a linking group that is arranged in any order (R 25 , R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , Rf a26 , Rf a27 and M 7 are the above the same as in formula (a1)),
a10 and a14 are each independently 0 or 1,
a11 and a15 are each independently 0 or 1,
a12 and a16 are each independently 0 to 9;
a13 is 0 to 4;
When a11 is 0, or when a11 is 1 and G 1 has a valence of 2, d11 is 1, and when a11 is 1 and G 1 has a valence of 3 to 10, d11 is the value of G 1 is one less than the number,
When a15 is 0, or when a15 is 1 and G 2 is divalent, d12 is 1, and when a15 is 1 and G 2 is 3 to 10 valent, d12 is the value of G 2 is one less than the number,
a21 and a23 are each independently 0 to 2,
e11 is 1 to 3, e12 is 0 to 2, e11 + e12 ≤ 3,
e21 is 1 to 3, e22 is 0 to 2, e21 + e22 ≤ 3,
e31 is 1 to 3, e32 is 0 to 2, and e31+e32≦3.
 なお、a10が0であるとは、a10を付して括られた部分が単結合であることを意味し、a11、a12、a13、a14、a15、a16、a21又はa23が0である場合も同様である。 Note that a10 is 0 means that the portion enclosed with a10 is a single bond, and even if a11, a12, a13, a14, a15, a16, a21 or a23 is 0 It is the same.
 Rfa1は、-O-(CF2CF2O)e4-、-O-(CF2CF2CF2O)e5-、-O-(CF2-CF(CF3)O)e6-が好ましい。e4、及びe5は、いずれも15~80であり、e6は3~60である。また、Rfa1は、pモルのパーフルオロプロピレングリコールとqモルのパーフルオロメタンジオールがランダムに脱水縮合した構造の両末端の水酸基から水素原子が外れて残った基であることも好ましく、p+qが15~80であり、Rfa1としてはこの態様が最も好ましい。 Rf a1 is preferably -O-(CF 2 CF 2 O) e4 -, -O-(CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) e5 -, -O-(CF 2 -CF(CF 3 )O) e6 - . Both e4 and e5 are 15-80, and e6 is 3-60. Rf a1 is also preferably a group in which hydrogen atoms are removed from hydroxyl groups at both ends of a structure obtained by randomly dehydrating and condensing p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol, and p+q is It is from 15 to 80, and this aspect of Rf a1 is most preferable.
 R11、R12、及びR13は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~2のアルキル基である。 R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
 E1、E2、E3及びE4はいずれも水素原子であることが好ましく、E5はフッ素原子であることが好ましい。 Each of E 1 , E 2 , E 3 and E 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and E 5 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立して、-{C(R25)(R26)}-単位(Ua1)、又は-{C(Rfa26)(Rfa27)}-単位(Ua2)の一つ以上が任意の順で並んで結合したフッ素原子を含んだ炭素数1~12(好ましくは1~10、より好ましくは1~5)の2価の連結基が好ましく、xが1~12(好ましくは1~10、より好ましくは1~5)である-(CF2x-であることがより好ましい。 L 1 and L 2 each independently represent -{C(R 25 )(R 26 )}-unit (U a1 ) or -{C(Rf a26 )(Rf a27 )}-unit (U a2 ) A divalent linking group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5) containing a fluorine atom in which one or more of are bonded in any order is preferable, and x is 1 to 12 (preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5) is more preferably -(CF 2 ) x -.
 G1及びG2は、それぞれ独立して、シロキサン結合を有する2~5価のオルガノシロキサン基が好ましい。 G 1 and G 2 are each independently preferably a divalent to pentavalent organosiloxane group having a siloxane bond.
 J1、J2、及びJ3は、それぞれ独立して、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又は-(CH2e7-Si(OR143が好ましく、より好ましくはメトキシ基又はエトキシ基である。 J 1 , J 2 and J 3 are each independently preferably methoxy, ethoxy or --(CH 2 ) e7 --Si(OR 14 ) 3 , more preferably methoxy or ethoxy.
 a10は1が好ましく、a11は0が好ましく、a12は0~7が好ましく、より好ましくは0~5であり、a13は1~3が好ましく、a14は1が好ましく、a15は0が好ましく、a16は0~6が好ましく、より好ましくは0~3であり、a21及びa23はいずれも0又は1が好ましく(より好ましくはいずれも0)、d11は1が好ましく、d12は1が好ましく、e11、e21及びe31はいずれも2以上が好ましく、3であることも好ましい。e12、e22及びe32はいずれも0又は1が好ましく、より好ましくは0である。e11+e12、e21+e22、及びe31+e32は、いずれも3であることが好ましい。これらの好ましい範囲は、単独で満たしていてもよいし、2つ以上組み合わせて満たしていてもよい。 a10 is preferably 1, a11 is preferably 0, a12 is preferably 0 to 7, more preferably 0 to 5, a13 is preferably 1 to 3, a14 is preferably 1, a15 is preferably 0, a16 is preferably 0 to 6, more preferably 0 to 3, both a21 and a23 are preferably 0 or 1 (more preferably both are 0), d11 is preferably 1, d12 is preferably 1, e11, Both e21 and e31 are preferably 2 or more, and 3 is also preferable. Each of e12, e22 and e32 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. Preferably, e11+e12, e21+e22, and e31+e32 are all three. These preferred ranges may be satisfied singly or in combination of two or more.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)としては、上記式(a2)のRfa1が、pモルのパーフルオロプロピレングリコールとqモルのパーフルオロメタンジオールがランダムに脱水縮合した構造の両末端の水酸基から水素原子が外れて残った基(p+q=15~80)であり、L1及びL2がいずれも炭素数1~5(好ましくは1~3)のパーフルオロアルキレン基であり、E1、E2、及びE3がいずれも水素原子であり、E4が水素原子であり、E5がフッ素原子であり、J1、J2、及びJ3がいずれもメトキシ基又はエトキシ基(特にメトキシ基)であり、a10が1であり、a11が0であり、a12が0~7(好ましくは0~5)であり、a13が2であり、a14が1であり、a15が0であり、a16が0~6(特に0)であり、a21及びa23が、それぞれ独立して、0又は1であり(より好ましくはa21及びa23がいずれも0)、d11が1であり、d12が1であり、e11、e21及びe31がいずれも2~3(特に3)であり、e12、e22及びe32がいずれも0又は1(特に0)であり、e11+e12、e21+e22、及びe31+e32がいずれも3である化合物(a21)を用いることが好ましい。 As the organosilicon compound (A), Rf a1 in the above formula (a2) is a structure in which p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol are randomly dehydrated and condensed. A group left after being removed (p + q = 15 to 80), both L 1 and L 2 are perfluoroalkylene groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 3), and E 1 , E 2 , and E3 is a hydrogen atom , E4 is a hydrogen atom, E5 is a fluorine atom, and J1, J2, and J3 are all a methoxy group or an ethoxy group (especially a methoxy group); , a10 is 1, a11 is 0, a12 is 0 to 7 (preferably 0 to 5), a13 is 2, a14 is 1, a15 is 0, a16 is 0 to 6 (especially 0), a21 and a23 are each independently 0 or 1 (more preferably both a21 and a23 are 0), d11 is 1, d12 is 1, e11, Compound (a21) wherein e21 and e31 are all 2 to 3 (especially 3), e12, e22 and e32 are all 0 or 1 (especially 0), and e11+e12, e21+e22, and e31+e32 are all 3 is preferably used.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)としては、上記式(a2)のRfa1が-O-(CF2CF2CF2O)e5-であり、e5が15~80(好ましくは25~40)であり、L1がフッ素原子及び酸素原子を含む炭素数3~6の2価の連結基であり、L2が炭素数2~10のパーフルオロアルキレン基であり、E2、E3がいずれも水素原子であり、E5がフッ素原子であり、J2が-(CH2e7-Si(OCH33であり、e7が2~4であり、a10が1であり、a11が0であり、a12が0であり、a13が2であり、a14が1であり、a15が0であり、a16が0であり、d11が1であり、d12が1であり、e21が3である化合物(a22)を用いることも好ましい。 As the organosilicon compound (A), Rf a1 in the above formula (a2) is —O—(CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) e5 —, e5 is 15 to 80 (preferably 25 to 40), L 1 is a divalent linking group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms containing a fluorine atom and an oxygen atom, L 2 is a perfluoroalkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and both E 2 and E 3 are hydrogen atoms. E 5 is a fluorine atom, J 2 is —(CH 2 ) e7 —Si(OCH 3 ) 3 , e7 is 2 to 4, a10 is 1, a11 is 0, a12 is 0, a13 is 2, a14 is 1, a15 is 0, a16 is 0, d11 is 1, d12 is 1, and e21 is 3 (a22 ) is also preferred.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)として、より具体的には下記式(a3)の化合物が挙げられる。 More specifically, the organosilicon compound (A) includes compounds of the following formula (a3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 上記式(a3)中、R30は炭素数が1~6のパーフルオロアルキル基であり、R31はpモルのパーフルオロプロピレングリコールとqモルのパーフルオロメタンジオールがランダムに脱水縮合した構造の両末端の水酸基から水素原子が外れて残った基(p+qは15~80)又は炭素数が15~240のパーフルオロオキシアルキレングリコールの両末端の水酸基から水素原子が外れて残った基であり(R31としては前者の基がより好ましい)、R32は炭素数が1~10のパーフルオロアルキレン基であり、R33は炭素数が2~6の3価の飽和炭化水素基であり、R34は炭素数が1~3のアルキル基である。R30の炭素数は、1~4が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。R32の炭素数は、好ましくは1~5である。h1は1~10であり、1~8が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。h2は1以上であり、2以上が好ましく、3であってもよい。 In the above formula (a3), R 30 is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R 31 is a structure in which p mol of perfluoropropylene glycol and q mol of perfluoromethanediol are randomly dehydrated and condensed. A group (p + q is 15 to 80) remaining after hydrogen atoms are removed from both terminal hydroxyl groups or a group remaining after hydrogen atoms are removed from both terminal hydroxyl groups of perfluorooxyalkylene glycol having 15 to 240 carbon atoms ( The former group is more preferable as R 31 ), R 32 is a perfluoroalkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 33 is a trivalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and R 34 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in R 30 is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3. The number of carbon atoms in R 32 is preferably 1-5. h1 is 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6. h2 is 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and may be 3.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)としては、下記式(a4)で表される化合物も挙げることができる。 As the organosilicon compound (A), a compound represented by the following formula (a4) can also be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 上記式(a4)中、R40は炭素数が2~5のパーフルオロアルキル基であり、R41は炭素数が2~5のパーフルオロアルキレン基であり、R42は炭素数2~5のアルキレン基の水素原子の一部がフッ素に置換されたフルオロアルキレン基であり、R43、R44はそれぞれ独立に炭素数が2~5のアルキレン基であり、R45はメチル基又はエチル基である。k1は1~5の整数である。k2は1~3の整数であり、2以上であることが好ましく、3であってもよい。 In the above formula (a4), R 40 is a C 2-5 perfluoroalkyl group, R 41 is a C 2-5 perfluoroalkylene group, and R 42 is a C 2-5 a fluoroalkylene group in which some of the hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group are substituted with fluorine, R 43 and R 44 are each independently an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 45 is a methyl group or an ethyl group; be. k1 is an integer of 1-5. k2 is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 2 or more, and may be 3.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)の数平均分子量は、2,000以上が好ましく、より好ましくは4,000以上であり、更に好ましくは5,000以上、一層好ましくは6,000以上、特に好ましくは7,000以上であり、また40,000以下が好ましく、より好ましくは20,000以下であり、更に好ましくは15,000以下である。 The number average molecular weight of the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 4,000 or more, still more preferably 5,000 or more, still more preferably 6,000 or more, and particularly preferably 7,000 or more. 000 or more, preferably 40,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, and still more preferably 15,000 or less.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)としては1種のみ用いてもよいし、2種以上用いてもよい。 As the organosilicon compound (A), only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used.
 なお、前記撥水層形成用組成物は、有機ケイ素化合物(A)の混合組成物であり、有機ケイ素化合物(A)を混合することにより得られる。また、有機ケイ素化合物(A)以外の成分が混合されている場合には、前記有機ケイ素化合物(A)と他の成分とを混合することにより撥水層形成用組成物が得られる。前記撥水層形成用組成物は、混合後、例えば保管中に反応が進んだものも含む。反応が進んだ例としては、例えば、前記撥水層形成用組成物が、上記有機ケイ素化合物(A)のケイ素原子に結合した(連結基を介して結合していてもよい)加水分解性基が加水分解により-SiOH基(SiとOHが連結基を介して結合していてもよい)となった化合物を含むことが挙げられる。また、前記撥水層形成用組成物が有機ケイ素化合物(A)の縮合物を含むことも挙げられ、該縮合物としては、例えば、有機ケイ素化合物(A)が有する-SiOH基又は加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(A)の-SiOH基(SiとOHが連結基を介して結合していてもよい)が、有機ケイ素化合物(A)由来の-SiOH基(SiとOHが連結基を介して結合していてもよい)、又は他の化合物由来の-SiOH基と脱水縮合して形成された縮合物が挙げられる。 The composition for forming a water-repellent layer is a mixed composition of the organosilicon compound (A), and is obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (A). When components other than the organosilicon compound (A) are mixed, the water-repellent layer-forming composition can be obtained by mixing the organosilicon compound (A) with the other components. The composition for forming a water-repellent layer includes those that have undergone reaction after being mixed, for example, during storage. As an example in which the reaction has progressed, for example, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer has a hydrolyzable group bonded (which may be bonded via a linking group) to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (A). includes a compound that has become a —SiOH group (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group) by hydrolysis. Further, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (A). The -SiOH group (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group) of the resulting organosilicon compound (A) is a -SiOH group derived from the organosilicon compound (A) (Si and OH are linking groups. may be bonded via), or condensates formed by dehydration condensation with —SiOH groups derived from other compounds.
 撥水層(r)が、前記撥水層形成用組成物から形成される層である場合、撥水層(r)は上記有機ケイ素化合物(A)由来の構造を有する。上述の通り、好ましい態様において、上記有機ケイ素化合物(A)はケイ素原子に結合した(連結基を介して結合していてもよい)加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基を有しており、有機ケイ素化合物(A)が有する-SiOH基又は加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(A)の-SiOH基(SiとOHが連結基を介して結合していてもよい)が、有機ケイ素化合物(A)由来の-SiOH基(SiとOHが連結基を介して結合していてもよい)、他の化合物由来の-SiOH基、又は積層体において撥水層(r)が形成される面の活性水素(水酸基など)と脱水縮合するため、撥水層(r)は、通常有機ケイ素化合物(A)由来の縮合構造を有することが好ましい。 When the water-repellent layer (r) is a layer formed from the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer (r) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (A). As described above, in a preferred embodiment, the organosilicon compound (A) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group bonded to a silicon atom (which may be bonded via a linking group), and the organosilicon compound The —SiOH group of (A) or the —SiOH group of the organosilicon compound (A) generated by hydrolysis (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group) is derived from the organosilicon compound (A). -SiOH group (Si and OH may be bonded via a linking group), -SiOH group derived from another compound, or active hydrogen on the surface where the water-repellent layer (r) is formed in the laminate ( hydroxyl group, etc.), the water-repellent layer (r) preferably has a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (A).
4-2.有機ケイ素化合物(B)
 撥水層形成用組成物は、更に下記式(b1)で表される有機ケイ素化合物(B)が混合されていてもよい。前記撥水層形成用組成物に有機ケイ素化合物(B)が混合される場合、撥水層形成用組成物は、有機ケイ素化合物(A)及び有機ケイ素化合物(B)を混合することにより得られる。有機ケイ素化合物(B)は、硬化皮膜中で有機ケイ素化合物(A)の間に存在することで、水滴などの滑落性をより向上させる作用を有する。有機ケイ素化合物(B)は、後述する通り、A2で表される加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基を有している。前記加水分解性基としては、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、アセトキシ基、イソシアネート基等が挙げられる。
4-2. Organosilicon compound (B)
The composition for forming a water-repellent layer may further contain an organosilicon compound (B) represented by the following formula (b1). When the organic silicon compound (B) is mixed with the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer-forming composition is obtained by mixing the organic silicon compound (A) and the organic silicon compound (B). . The organosilicon compound (B) is present between the organosilicon compounds (A) in the cured film, and has the effect of further improving the slideability of water droplets and the like. The organosilicon compound (B) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group represented by A2 , as will be described later. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an acetoxy group and an isocyanate group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 上記式(b1)中、
 Rfb10は、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、
 Rb11、Rb12、Rb13、Rb14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rb11が複数存在する場合は複数のRb11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rb12が複数存在する場合は複数のRb12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rb13が複数存在する場合は複数のRb13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rb14が複数存在する場合は複数のRb14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rfb11、Rfb12、Rfb13、Rfb14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfb11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfb12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfb13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfb14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfb14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 Rb15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rb15が複数存在する場合は複数のRb15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 A1は、-O-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-NR-、-NRC(=O)-、又は-C(=O)NR-であり、前記Rは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4の含フッ素アルキル基であり、A1が複数存在する場合は複数のA1がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 A2は、加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基であり、A2が複数存在する場合は複数のA2がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
 b11、b12、b13、b14、b15は、それぞれ独立して0~100の整数であり、
 cは、1~3の整数であり、
 Rfb10-、-Si(A2c(Rb153-c、b11個の-{C(Rb11)(Rb12)}-単位(Ub1)、b12個の-{C(Rfb11)(Rfb12)}-単位(Ub2)、b13個の-{Si(Rb13)(Rb14)}-単位(Ub3)、b14個の-{Si(Rfb13)(Rfb14)}-単位(Ub4)、b15個の-A1-単位(Ub5)は、Rfb10-が式(b1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(A2c(Rb153-cが他方の末端となり、フルオロポリエーテル構造を形成せず、かつ-O-が-O-乃至-Fと連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Ub1)~単位(Ub5)が任意の順で並んで結合する。
In the above formula (b1),
Rf b10 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom;
R b11 , R b12 , R b13 , and R b14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R b11 are present, the plurality of R b11 are different from each other. When there are a plurality of R b12 , the plurality of R b12 may be different, when there are a plurality of R b13 , the plurality of R b13 may be different, and when there is a plurality of R b14 may be different from each other in a plurality of R b14 ,
Rf b11 , Rf b12 , Rf b13 , and Rf b14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf b11 are present When there is a plurality of Rf b11, the plurality of Rf b11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf b12 , the plurality of Rf b12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf b13 , the plurality of Rf b13 may be different. may be present, and if there are a plurality of Rf b14 , the plurality of Rf b14 may be different,
R b15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R b15 are present, the plurality of R b15 may be different,
A 1 is -O-, -C(=O)-O-, -OC(=O)-, -NR-, -NRC(=O)-, or -C(=O)NR- and R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a fluorine-containing alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple A 1 , the multiple A 1 may be different,
A 2 is a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group, and when a plurality of A 2 are present, the plurality of A 2 may be different,
b11, b12, b13, b14, and b15 are each independently an integer of 0 to 100,
c is an integer from 1 to 3,
Rf b10 -, -Si(A 2 ) c (R b15 ) 3-c , b11 -{C(R b11 )(R b12 )}-unit (U b1 ), b12 -{C(Rf b11 ) (Rf b12 )}-unit (U b2 ), b13-{Si(R b13 )(R b14 )}-unit (U b3 ), b14-{Si(Rf b13 )(Rf b14 )} - unit (U b4 ), b15 -A 1 - units (U b5 ), Rf b10 - becomes one terminal of the compound represented by formula (b1), -Si(A 2 ) c (R b15 ) Each unit (U b1 ) to unit (U b5 ) is optional as long as 3-c is the other end, does not form a fluoropolyether structure, and -O- is not linked to -O- to -F Arrange and join in order.
 Rfb10は、それぞれ独立して、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~10(より好ましくは炭素数1~5)のパーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。 Each Rf b10 is independently preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
 Rb11、Rb12、Rb13、及びRb14は、水素原子が好ましい。 R b11 , R b12 , R b13 and R b14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 Rb15は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。 R b15 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
 A1は、-O-、-C(=O)-O-、又は-O-C(=O)-が好ましい。 A 1 is preferably -O-, -C(=O)-O-, or -OC(=O)-.
 A2は、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子が好ましく、より好ましくはメトキシ基、エトキシ基、塩素原子である。 A 2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen atom, more preferably a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a chlorine atom.
 b11は1~30が好ましく、1~25がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましく、最も好ましくは1~2である。 b11 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-25, still more preferably 1-10, particularly preferably 1-5, most preferably 1-2.
 b12は、0~15が好ましく、より好ましくは0~10である。 b12 is preferably 0-15, more preferably 0-10.
 b13は、0~5が好ましく、より好ましくは0~2である。 b13 is preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-2.
 b14は、0~4が好ましく、より好ましくは0~2である。 b14 is preferably 0-4, more preferably 0-2.
 b15は、0~4が好ましく、より好ましくは0~2である。 b15 is preferably 0-4, more preferably 0-2.
 cは、2~3が好ましく、より好ましくは3である。 c is preferably 2 to 3, more preferably 3.
 b11、b12、b13、b14、及びb15の合計値は、2以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましく、5以上が更に好ましく、また80以下が好ましく、より好ましくは50以下であり、更に好ましくは20以下である。 The total value of b11, b12, b13, b14, and b15 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 80 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and still more preferably 20. It is below.
 特に、Rfb10がフッ素原子又は炭素数1~5のパーフルオロアルキル基であり、Rb11、Rb12がいずれも水素原子であり、A2がメトキシ基又はエトキシ基であると共に、b11が1~5、b12が0~5であり、b13、b14、及びb15が全て0であり、cが3であることが好ましい。 In particular, Rf b10 is a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, both R b11 and R b12 are hydrogen atoms, A 2 is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and b11 is 1 to 5, b12 is 0 to 5, b13, b14, and b15 are all 0, and c is 3.
 なお、後記する実施例にて、有機ケイ素化合物(B)として用いるFAS13Eを上記式(b1)で表すと、Rb11、Rb12がいずれも水素原子、b11が2、b13、b14、及びb15が全て0、cが3、A2がエトキシ基であり、Rfb10-{C(Rfb11)(Rfb12)}b12-が末端となり、C613-となるように定められる。 In the examples described later, when FAS13E used as the organosilicon compound (B) is represented by the above formula (b1), R b11 and R b12 are both hydrogen atoms, b11 is 2, b13, b14, and b15 are All are 0, c is 3, A 2 is an ethoxy group, Rf b10 -{C(Rf b11 )(Rf b12 )} b12 - is the terminal and is defined to be C 6 F 13 -.
 上記式(b1)で表される化合物としては、具体的に、Cj2j+1-Si-(OCH33、Cj2j+1-Si-(OC253(jは1~12の整数)が挙げられ、この中で特にC49-Si-(OC253、C613-Si-(OC253、C715-Si-(OC253、C817-Si-(OC253が好ましい。また、CF3CH2O(CH2kSiCl3、CF3CH2O(CH2kSi(OCH33、CF3CH2O(CH2kSi(OC253、CF3(CH22Si(CH32(CH2kSiCl3、CF3(CH22Si(CH32(CH2kSi(OCH33、CF3(CH22Si(CH32(CH2kSi(OC253、CF3(CH26Si(CH32(CH2kSiCl3、CF3(CH26Si(CH32(CH2kSi(OCH33、CF3(CH26Si(CH32(CH2kSi(OC253、CF3COO(CH2kSiCl3、CF3COO(CH2kSi(OCH33、CF3COO(CH2kSi(OC253が挙げられる(kはいずれも5~20であり、好ましくは8~15である)。また、CF3(CF2m-(CH2nSiCl3、CF3(CF2m-(CH2nSi(OCH33、CF3(CF2m-(CH2nSi(OC253を挙げることもできる(mはいずれも0~10であり、好ましくは0~7であり、nはいずれも1~5であり、好ましくは2~4である)。CF3(CF2p-(CH2q-Si-(CH2CH=CH23を挙げることもできる(pはいずれも2~10であり、好ましくは2~8であり、qはいずれも1~5であり、好ましくは2~4である)。更に、CF3(CF2p-(CH2qSiCH3Cl2、CF3(CF2p-(CH2qSiCH3(OCH32、CF3(CF2p-(CH2qSiCH3(OC252が挙げられる(pはいずれも2~10であり、好ましくは3~7であり、qはいずれも1~5であり、好ましくは2~4である)。 Specific examples of the compounds represented by the above formula (b1) include C j F 2j+1 -Si-(OCH 3 ) 3 , C j F 2j+1 -Si-(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 (j is an integer of 1 to 12), among which C 4 F 9 —Si—(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , C 6 F 13 —Si—(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , C 7 F 15 — Si--(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 and C 8 F 17 --Si--(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 are preferred. Also, CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSi ( OCH3 ) 3 , CF3CH2O ( CH2 ) kSi ( OC2H5 ) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 )2Si( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 2Si(CH3)2 ( CH2 ) kSi ( OCH3) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 )2Si( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSi ( OC2H5 ) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSiCl3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSi (OCH3) 3 , CF3 ( CH2 ) 6Si ( CH3 ) 2 ( CH2 ) kSi ( OC2H5 ) 3 , CF3COO (CH 2 ) k SiCl 3 , CF 3 COO(CH 2 ) k Si(OCH 3 ) 3 , CF 3 COO(CH 2 ) k Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 (k is 5 to 20). and preferably 8 to 15). Also, CF3 (CF2) m- ( CH2 ) nSiCl3 , CF3 ( CF2 ) m- ( CH2 ) nSi (OCH3) 3 , CF3 ( CF2 ) m- ( CH2 ) n Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 (where m is 0 to 10, preferably 0 to 7, n is 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4). ). CF 3 (CF 2 ) p —(CH 2 ) q —Si—(CH 2 CH═CH 2 ) 3 may also be mentioned, where p is 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 8, q are all 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4). Furthermore, CF 3 (CF 2 ) p —(CH 2 ) q SiCH 3 Cl 2 , CF 3 (CF 2 ) p —(CH 2 ) q SiCH 3 (OCH 3 ) 2 , CF 3 (CF 2 ) p —( CH 2 ) q SiCH 3 (OC 2 H 5 ) 2 (where p is 2 to 10, preferably 3 to 7, q is 1 to 5, preferably 2 to 4 is).
 上記式(b1)で表される化合物の中で、下記式(b2)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Among the compounds represented by the above formula (b1), the compounds represented by the following formula (b2) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 上記式(b2)中、R60は炭素数1~8のパーフルオロアルキル基であり、R61は炭素数1~5のアルキレン基であり、R62は炭素数1~3のアルキル基である。 In the above formula (b2), R 60 is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, R 61 is an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 62 is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. .
 前記撥水層形成用組成物は、上述した通り、有機ケイ素化合物(A)及び必要に応じて用いられる有機ケイ素化合物(B)を混合した後に、反応が進んだものも含み、反応が進んだ例としては、前記撥水層形成用組成物が、上記有機ケイ素化合物(B)のケイ素原子に結合した加水分解性基が加水分解により-SiOH基となった化合物を含むことが挙げられる。また、前記混合組成物が有機ケイ素化合物(B)の縮合物を含むことも挙げられ、該縮合物としては、有機ケイ素化合物(B)が有する-SiOH基又は加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(B)の-SiOH基が、有機ケイ素化合物(B)由来の-SiOH基、又は他の化合物由来の-SiOH基と脱水縮合して形成された縮合物が挙げられる。 As described above, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer includes a composition that has undergone a reaction after mixing the organosilicon compound (A) and the optionally used organosilicon compound (B), and the reaction has proceeded. For example, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer may contain a compound in which the hydrolyzable group bonded to the silicon atom of the organosilicon compound (B) is hydrolyzed to form a —SiOH group. Further, the mixed composition may contain a condensate of the organosilicon compound (B), and the condensate may be a —SiOH group possessed by the organosilicon compound (B) or an organosilicon compound produced by hydrolysis ( Condensates formed by dehydration condensation of —SiOH groups of B) with —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (B) or —SiOH groups derived from other compounds are exemplified.
 前記撥水層形成用組成物に、前記有機ケイ素化合物(B)が混合される場合、撥水層(r)は、前記有機ケイ素化合物(B)由来の構造を有する。上記式(b1)で表される有機ケイ素化合物(B)は、A2で表される加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基を有しており、有機ケイ素化合物(B)が有する-SiOH基又は加水分解で生じた有機ケイ素化合物(B)の-SiOH基が、有機ケイ素化合物(B)由来の-SiOH基、他の化合物由来の-SiOH基、又は積層体において撥水層(r)が形成される面の活性水素(水酸基など)と脱水縮合するため、撥水層(r)は、有機ケイ素化合物(B)由来の縮合構造を有することが好ましい。 When the organosilicon compound (B) is mixed with the water-repellent layer-forming composition, the water-repellent layer (r) has a structure derived from the organosilicon compound (B). The organosilicon compound (B) represented by the above formula (b1) has a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group represented by A 2 , and the —SiOH group or hydrolyzed The —SiOH groups of the organosilicon compound (B) generated in the above are —SiOH groups derived from the organosilicon compound (B), —SiOH groups derived from other compounds, or the water-repellent layer (r) is formed in the laminate. The water-repellent layer (r) preferably has a condensed structure derived from the organosilicon compound (B) because it undergoes dehydration condensation with the active hydrogen (such as hydroxyl group) on the surface.
4-3.溶剤4
 前記撥水層形成用組成物は、通常、溶剤4が混合されている。前記溶剤4としてはフッ素系溶剤を用いることが好ましく、例えばフッ素化エーテル系溶剤、フッ素化アミン系溶剤、フッ素化炭化水素系溶剤等を用いることができ、特に沸点が100℃以上であることが好ましい。フッ素化エーテル系溶剤としては、フルオロアルキル(特に炭素数2~6のパーフルオロアルキル基)-アルキル(特にメチル基又はエチル基)エーテルなどのハイドロフルオロエーテルが好ましく、例えばエチルノナフルオロブチルエーテル又はエチルノナフルオロイソブチルエーテルが挙げられる。エチルノナフルオロブチルエーテル又はエチルノナフルオロイソブチルエーテルとしては、例えばNovec(登録商標)7200(3M社製、分子量約264)が挙げられる。フッ素化アミン系溶剤としては、アンモニアの水素原子の少なくとも1つがフルオロアルキル基で置換されたアミンが好ましく、アンモニアの全ての水素原子がフルオロアルキル基(特にパーフルオロアルキル基)で置換された第三級アミンが好ましく、具体的にはトリス(ヘプタフルオロプロピル)アミンが挙げられ、フロリナート(登録商標)FC-3283(3M社製、分子量約521)がこれに該当する。フッ素化炭化水素系溶剤としては、1,1,1,3,3-ペンタフルオロブタン、パーフルオロヘキサンなどのフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤、1,3-ビス(トリフルオロメチルベンゼン)などのフッ素化芳香族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。1,1,1,3,3-ペンタフルオロブタンとしては、例えばソルブ55(ソルベックス社製)等が挙げられる。
4-3. Solvent 4
The water-repellent layer-forming composition is usually mixed with a solvent 4 . As the solvent 4, it is preferable to use a fluorine-based solvent. For example, a fluorinated ether-based solvent, a fluorinated amine-based solvent, a fluorinated hydrocarbon-based solvent, etc. can be used. preferable. As the fluorinated ether-based solvent, hydrofluoroethers such as fluoroalkyl (especially perfluoroalkyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms)-alkyl (especially methyl group or ethyl group) ether are preferable. Fluoroisobutyl ether may be mentioned. Examples of ethyl nonafluorobutyl ether or ethyl nonafluoroisobutyl ether include Novec® 7200 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 264). As the fluorinated amine-based solvent, an amine in which at least one hydrogen atom of ammonia is substituted with a fluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a third Preferred are class amines, specifically tris(heptafluoropropyl)amine, and Fluorinert® FC-3283 (manufactured by 3M, molecular weight about 521) corresponds to this. Fluorinated hydrocarbon solvents include fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane and perfluorohexane, and 1,3-bis(trifluoromethylbenzene). Examples include fluorinated aromatic hydrocarbon solvents. Examples of 1,1,1,3,3-pentafluorobutane include Solv 55 (manufactured by Solvex).
 前記フッ素系溶剤としては、上記の他、アサヒクリン(登録商標)AK225(AGC社製)などのハイドロクロロフルオロカーボン、アサヒクリン(登録商標)AC2000(AGC社製)などのハイドロフルオロカーボンなどを用いることができる。 As the fluorine-based solvent, in addition to the above, hydrochlorofluorocarbons such as Asahiklin (registered trademark) AK225 (manufactured by AGC) and hydrofluorocarbons such as Asahiklin (registered trademark) AC2000 (manufactured by AGC) can be used. can.
 前記溶剤4として、少なくともフッ素化アミン系溶剤を用いることが好ましい。また溶剤4としては、2種以上のフッ素系溶剤を用いることも好ましく、フッ素化アミン系溶剤とフッ素化炭化水素系溶剤(特にフッ素化脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤)を用いることが好ましい。 As the solvent 4, it is preferable to use at least a fluorinated amine solvent. As the solvent 4, it is preferable to use two or more kinds of fluorine-based solvents, and it is preferable to use a fluorinated amine-based solvent and a fluorinated hydrocarbon-based solvent (especially a fluorinated aliphatic hydrocarbon-based solvent).
 前記撥水層形成用組成物の全体を100質量%としたときの前記有機ケイ素化合物(A)の量は、例えば0.01質量%以上であり、好ましくは0.05質量%以上であり、また0.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.3質量%以下である。 The amount of the organosilicon compound (A) is, for example, 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.05% by mass or more, when the entire composition for forming a water-repellent layer is 100% by mass, Moreover, it is preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.3% by mass or less.
 前記撥水層形成用組成物の全体を100質量%としたときの前記有機ケイ素化合物(B)の量は、例えば0.01質量%以上であり、好ましくは0.03質量%以上であり、また0.3質量%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.2質量%以下である。 The amount of the organosilicon compound (B) is, for example, 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.03% by mass or more, when the entire composition for forming a water-repellent layer is 100% by mass, Moreover, it is preferably 0.3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less.
 前記有機ケイ素化合物(A)に対する前記有機ケイ素化合物(B)の質量比は、0.2以上が好ましく、より好ましくは0.4以上であり、また3.0以下が好ましく、より好ましくは1.5以下である。 The mass ratio of the organosilicon compound (B) to the organosilicon compound (A) is preferably 0.2 or more, more preferably 0.4 or more, and preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 1.0. 5 or less.
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)、有機ケイ素化合物(B)、及び溶剤4の合計含有量は、前記撥水層形成用組成物100質量中、例えば90質量%以上、好ましくは95質量%以上、より好ましくは99質量%以上であり、100質量%であってもよい。 The total content of the organosilicon compound (A), the organosilicon compound (B), and the solvent 4 is, for example, 90% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or more, more preferably 95% by mass or more, based on 100% by mass of the water-repellent layer-forming composition. is 99% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
 また撥水層形成用組成物は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲で、シラノール縮合触媒、酸化防止剤、防錆剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、防カビ剤、抗菌剤、抗ウイルス剤、生物付着防止剤、消臭剤、顔料、難燃剤、帯電防止剤等、各種の添加剤が混合されていてもよい。前記添加剤の量は、撥水層形成用組成物100質量%中、5質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは1質量%以下である。 In addition, the water-repellent layer-forming composition contains a silanol condensation catalyst, an antioxidant, an antirust agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antifungal agent, an antibacterial agent, and an antiviral agent, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. , biofouling inhibitors, deodorants, pigments, flame retardants, antistatic agents and the like may be mixed. The amount of the additive is preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on 100% by mass of the composition for forming a water-repellent layer.
 前記撥水層(r)の厚みは、例えば1~1000nm程度である。 The thickness of the water-repellent layer (r) is, for example, about 1 to 1000 nm.
5.積層体の特性
 本発明の積層体の撥水層(r)表面の水接触角(初期接触角)は、例えば105°以上、好ましくは110°以上であり、また例えば125°以下である。
5. Characteristics of Laminate The water contact angle (initial contact angle) of the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention is, for example, 105° or more, preferably 110° or more, and for example, 125° or less.
 本発明の積層体の撥水層(r)表面の水の滑落角(初期滑落角)は、例えば30°以下、好ましくは28°以下であり、また例えば10°以上である。 The sliding angle (initial sliding angle) of water on the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention is, for example, 30° or less, preferably 28° or less, and for example, 10° or more.
 本発明の積層体の撥水層(r)表面に、直径6mmの円の面積に対して1000gの荷重をかけて3000回往復擦る耐摩耗性試験を行った後の、撥水層(r)表面における水接触角(初期耐摩耗性)は、例えば105°以上、好ましくは110°以上であり、また例えば125°以下である。前記耐摩耗性試験は、本発明の積層体の撥水層(r)側表面に、直径6mmの円の面積に対して1000gの荷重をかけて3000回往復擦る試験であり、擦る際に弾性体(好ましくは消しゴム)で擦ることが好ましい。例えば、消しゴムを用い、耐摩耗性試験のストローク距離を40mmとし、擦る速度を40往復/分として、ストローク領域の略中央で接触角を測定することが好ましい。荷重を負荷する際には、直径6mmの円の面積当たり1000gの荷重を掛けることと同等の圧力がかかっていればよい。 The surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate of the present invention was subjected to an abrasion resistance test in which a load of 1000 g was applied to the area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm and rubbed back and forth 3000 times. The water contact angle (initial wear resistance) on the surface is, for example, 105° or more, preferably 110° or more, and is, for example, 125° or less. The abrasion resistance test is a test in which the water repellent layer (r) side surface of the laminate of the present invention is rubbed back and forth 3000 times with a load of 1000 g on the area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm. Rubbing with a body (preferably an eraser) is preferred. For example, it is preferable to use an eraser, set the stroke distance in the abrasion resistance test to 40 mm, set the rubbing speed to 40 reciprocations/minute, and measure the contact angle at approximately the center of the stroke area. When the load is applied, it is sufficient that a pressure equivalent to applying a load of 1000 g per area of a circle with a diameter of 6 mm is applied.
 本発明の積層体を、温度22℃湿度55%の雰囲気で2時間撹拌する加速試験後の中間層形成用組成物を用いて作製した際、前記積層体の撥水層(r)表面に、直径6mmの円の面積に対して1000gの荷重をかけて1500回往復擦る耐摩耗性試験を行った後の、撥水層(r)表面における水接触角(加速試験後の耐摩耗性)は、例えば90°以上、好ましくは100°以上、より好ましくは105°以上であり、また例えば120°以下である。前記耐摩耗性試験は、擦る回数を1500回往復とすること以外は、上述の初期耐摩耗性を測定する際の耐摩耗性試験と同様である。 When the laminate of the present invention was produced using the composition for forming an intermediate layer after an accelerated test of stirring in an atmosphere of 22° C. and 55% humidity for 2 hours, on the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) of the laminate, The water contact angle (abrasion resistance after accelerated test) on the surface of the water-repellent layer (r) is , for example 90° or more, preferably 100° or more, more preferably 105° or more, and for example 120° or less. The wear resistance test was the same as the wear resistance test for measuring the initial wear resistance, except that the number of times of rubbing was reciprocated 1500 times.
 なお、各特性の評価の具体的な方法については、実施例の欄で詳述する。 A specific method for evaluating each characteristic will be described in detail in the Examples section.
6.積層体の製造方法
 次に、本発明の積層体の製造方法について説明する。
6. Method for Manufacturing Laminate Next, a method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention will be described.
 本発明の積層体を製造する方法は、(i)基材(s)上に中間層(c)を形成する工程と、(ii)撥水層(r)を形成する工程とを含む。 The method for producing the laminate of the present invention includes (i) the step of forming the intermediate layer (c) on the substrate (s), and (ii) the step of forming the water-repellent layer (r).
 前記工程(i)では、基材(s)又は基材(s)上に設けられる層(X)に、中間層形成用組成物を塗布する。中間層形成用組成物を塗布する方法としては、例えばディップコート法、ロールコート法、バーコート法、スピンコート法、スプレーコート法、ダイコート法、グラビアコート法などが挙げられ、特に、バーコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法、グラビアコート法が好ましい。 In the step (i), the intermediate layer-forming composition is applied to the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s). Examples of the method for applying the intermediate layer-forming composition include dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, spin coating, spray coating, die coating, gravure coating, and particularly bar coating. , spin coating, die coating, and gravure coating are preferred.
 中間層形成用組成物を塗布する前に、基材(s)又は基材(s)上に設けられる層(X)に易接着処理を施しておくことが好ましい。易接着処理としては、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理、紫外線処理等の親水化処理が挙げられる。プラズマ処理等の易接着処理を行うことで、基材(s)又は層(X)の表面にOH基(特に基材(s)又は層(X)の材質がエポキシ樹脂の場合)やCOOH基(特に基材(s)又は層(X)の材質がアクリル樹脂の場合)などの官能基を形成させることができ、中間層(c)を形成する側の表面にこのような官能基が形成されている場合に特に中間層(c)と基材(s)、又は中間層(c)と層(X)との密着性がより向上する。特に、基材(s)又は前記群(X1)から形成される層(X)に易接着処理を行うことが好ましい。 It is preferable to subject the substrate (s) or the layer (X) provided on the substrate (s) to an easy-adhesion treatment before applying the intermediate layer-forming composition. Hydrophilic treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet treatment, etc., can be mentioned as the easy-adhesion treatment. By performing an easy adhesion treatment such as plasma treatment, OH groups (especially when the material of the base material (s) or layer (X) is an epoxy resin) or COOH groups are formed on the surface of the base material (s) or layer (X). (especially when the material of the substrate (s) or layer (X) is an acrylic resin) can be formed, and such functional groups are formed on the surface on which the intermediate layer (c) is to be formed. In particular, the adhesion between the intermediate layer (c) and the substrate (s) or between the intermediate layer (c) and the layer (X) is further improved. In particular, it is preferable to subject the substrate (s) or the layer (X) formed from the group (X1) to an easy-adhesion treatment.
 層(X)は、前記群(X1)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される場合、例えば、活性エネルギー線或いは熱エネルギーを照射して架橋構造を形成する反応性材料を含む組成物を基材(s)上に塗布し、硬化することによって、層(X)を形成できる。また、層(X)が、前記群(X2)から選択される少なくとも1種から形成される場合、例えば蒸着法によって層(X)を形成できる。 When the layer (X) is formed from at least one selected from the group (X1), for example, the layer (X) is based on a composition containing a reactive material that forms a crosslinked structure upon irradiation with an active energy ray or thermal energy. The layer (X) can be formed by coating on the material (s) and curing. Moreover, when the layer (X) is formed from at least one selected from the group (X2), the layer (X) can be formed, for example, by a vapor deposition method.
 中間層形成用組成物の塗布した後、常温で又は加熱して硬化させることで、中間層(c)を形成できる。硬化条件は、特に限定されず、常温、大気中で、例えば10秒以上静置すればよい。本発明において常温とは、5~60℃であり、好ましくは15~40℃の温度範囲で静置することで、中間層(c)を形成可能である。その後、さらに50~300℃、好ましくは100~200℃の温度にて、10秒~60分程度加温(焼成)してもよい。 After applying the intermediate layer forming composition, the intermediate layer (c) can be formed by curing at room temperature or by heating. Curing conditions are not particularly limited, and may be left at room temperature in the air for, for example, 10 seconds or more. In the present invention, normal temperature means 5 to 60°C, and the intermediate layer (c) can be formed by standing still at a temperature range of preferably 15 to 40°C. After that, it may be further heated (calcined) at a temperature of 50 to 300° C., preferably 100 to 200° C., for about 10 seconds to 60 minutes.
 中間層形成用組成物を塗布して中間層(c)を形成させた後、前記撥水層形成用組成物を塗布し、常温で又は加熱して硬化させることで、撥水層(r)を形成できる。 After the intermediate layer forming composition is applied to form the intermediate layer (c), the water repellent layer forming composition is applied and cured at room temperature or by heating to form the water repellent layer (r). can be formed.
 撥水層形成用組成物を中間層(c)の上に塗布し、乾燥させることで撥水層(r)を形成できる。撥水層形成用組成物を塗布する方法としては、例えばディップコート法、ロールコート法、バーコート法、スピンコート法、スプレーコート法、ダイコート法、グラビアコート法などが挙げられる。 The water-repellent layer (r) can be formed by applying the water-repellent layer-forming composition onto the intermediate layer (c) and drying it. Examples of methods for applying the water-repellent layer-forming composition include dip coating, roll coating, bar coating, spin coating, spray coating, die coating, and gravure coating.
 撥水層形成用組成物を中間層(c)の上に塗布した後の条件は、特に限定されず、常温、大気中で、例えば10秒以上静置することで、撥水層(r)を形成可能である。その後、さらに50~300℃、好ましくは100~200℃の温度にて、10秒~60分程度加温(焼成)してもよい。 The conditions after the water-repellent layer-forming composition is applied onto the intermediate layer (c) are not particularly limited, and the water-repellent layer (r) is formed by allowing the composition to stand at room temperature in the air for 10 seconds or longer, for example. can be formed. After that, it may be further heated (calcined) at a temperature of 50 to 300° C., preferably 100 to 200° C., for about 10 seconds to 60 minutes.
<表示装置>
 本発明の積層体は、表示装置に好適に用いられ、特にフレキシブル表示装置に好適に用いられる。本発明の積層体は、好ましくは表示装置において前面板として用いることができ、該前面板はウインドウフィルムと称されることがある。
<Display device>
The laminate of the present invention is suitable for use in display devices, and particularly suitable for flexible display devices. The laminate of the present invention can preferably be used as a front plate in a display device, and the front plate is sometimes called a window film.
 前記表示装置は、ウインドウフィルム(すなわち、本発明の積層体)を含む表示装置用積層体と、有機EL表示パネルとからなることが好ましく、有機EL表示パネルに対して視認側に表示装置用積層体が配置されている。また、フレキシブル表示装置においては、フレキシブルな特性を有するウインドウフィルムを含むフレキシブル表示装置用積層体と、有機EL表示パネルとからなることが好ましく、有機EL表示パネルに対して視認側にフレキシブル表示装置用積層体が配置され、折り曲げ可能に構成されている。表示装置用積層体(好ましくはフレキシブル表示装置用積層体)は、さらに偏光板(好ましくは円偏光板)、タッチセンサ等を含有してタッチパネルディスプレイを構成してもよく、それらの積層順は任意であるが、視認側からウインドウフィルム、偏光板、タッチセンサの順、又は、ウインドウフィルム、タッチセンサ、偏光板の順に積層されていることが好ましい。タッチセンサよりも視認側に偏光板が存在すると、タッチセンサのパターンが視認されにくくなり表示画像の視認性が良くなるので好ましい。それぞれの部材は接着剤、粘着剤等を用いて積層することができる。また、表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル表示装置)は、前記ウインドウフィルム、偏光板、タッチセンサのいずれかの層の少なくとも一方の面に形成された遮光パターンを具備することができる。 The display device preferably comprises a display device laminate containing a window film (that is, the laminate of the present invention) and an organic EL display panel. body is placed. Further, in the flexible display device, it is preferable that the laminate for a flexible display device including a window film having flexible characteristics and an organic EL display panel are provided. A laminate is arranged and configured to be foldable. The laminate for a display device (preferably a laminate for a flexible display device) may further contain a polarizing plate (preferably a circularly polarizing plate), a touch sensor, etc. to constitute a touch panel display, and the order of lamination thereof is arbitrary. However, it is preferable that the layers are laminated in the order of the window film, the polarizing plate and the touch sensor, or in the order of the window film, the touch sensor and the polarizing plate from the viewing side. When the polarizing plate is present on the viewing side of the touch sensor, the pattern of the touch sensor becomes less visible and the visibility of the displayed image is improved, which is preferable. Each member can be laminated using an adhesive, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like. Also, the display device (preferably flexible display device) can comprise a light shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any one of the window film, the polarizing plate and the touch sensor.
 (ウインドウフィルム)
 ウインドウフィルムは、表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)の視認側に配置され、その他の構成要素を外部からの衝撃又は温湿度等の環境変化から保護する役割を担っている。このような保護層としてはガラスを使用してもよく、フレキシブル画像表示装置においては、ウインドウフィルムはガラスのようにリジッドで堅いものではなく、フレキシブルな特性を有する材料を使用してもよい。従って、本発明の積層体をフレキシブル表示装置におけるウインドウフィルムとして用いる場合には、基材(s)はフレキシブルな透明基材からなることが好ましく、基材(s)の少なくとも一方の面にハードコート層が積層されていてもよい。
(window film)
The window film is arranged on the viewing side of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) and plays a role of protecting other components from external shocks or environmental changes such as temperature and humidity. Glass may be used as such a protective layer, and in a flexible image display device, a material having flexible properties may be used for the window film instead of being rigid and hard like glass. Therefore, when the laminate of the present invention is used as a window film in a flexible display device, the substrate (s) is preferably made of a flexible transparent substrate, and at least one surface of the substrate (s) is coated with a hard coat. Layers may be laminated.
 前記透明基材は、可視光線の透過率が例えば70%以上、好ましくは80%以上である。前記透明基材は、透明性のある高分子フィルムなら、どのようなものでも使用可能である。具体的には、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリメチルペンテン、ノルボルネン又はシクロオレフィンを含む単量体の単位を有するシクロオレフィン系誘導体等のポリオレフィン類、ジアセチルセルロース、トリアセチルセルロース、プロピオニルセルロース等の(変性)セルロース類、メチルメタクリレート(共)重合体等のアクリル類、スチレン(共)重合体等のポリスチレン類、アクリロニトリル・ブタジエン・スチレン共重合体類、アクリロニトリル・スチレン共重合体類、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体類、ポリ塩化ビニル類、ポリ塩化ビニリデン類、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリアリレート等のポリエステル類、ナイロン等のポリアミド類、ポリイミド類、ポリアミドイミド類、ポリエーテルイミド類、ポリエーテルスルホン類、ポリスルホン類、ポリビニルアルコール類、ポリビニルアセタール類、ポリウレタン類、エポキシ樹脂類などの高分子で形成されたフィルムであってもよく、未延伸、1軸又は2軸延伸フィルムを使用することができる。これらの高分子はそれぞれ単独又は2種以上混合して使用することができる。好ましくは、前記記載の透明基材の中でも透明性及び耐熱性に優れたポリアミドフィルム、ポリアミドイミドフィルム又はポリイミドフィルム、ポリエステル系フィルム、オレフィン系フィルム、アクリルフィルム、セルロース系フィルムが好ましい。高分子フィルムの中には、シリカ等の無機粒子、有機微粒子、ゴム粒子等を分散させることも好ましい。さらに、顔料や染料のような着色剤、蛍光増白剤、分散剤、可塑剤、熱安定剤、光安定剤、赤外線吸収剤、紫外線吸収剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、滑剤、溶剤などの配合剤を含有させてもよい。前記透明基材の厚さは5μm以上200μm以下、好ましくは、20μm以上100μm以下である。特にフレキシブル画像表示装置に用いる場合、前記透明基材の厚さは5μm以上60μm以下が好ましい。 The transparent substrate has a visible light transmittance of, for example, 70% or more, preferably 80% or more. Any transparent polymer film can be used as the transparent substrate. Specifically, polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, norbornene, or cycloolefin derivatives having a monomer unit containing cycloolefin, (modified) cellulose such as diacetyl cellulose, triacetyl cellulose, and propionyl cellulose acrylics such as methyl methacrylate (co)polymers, polystyrenes such as styrene (co)polymers, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers Polyvinyl chlorides, polyvinylidene chlorides, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyesters such as polycarbonate and polyarylate, polyamides such as nylon, polyimides, polyamideimides, polyetherimides, Films formed of polymers such as polyethersulfones, polysulfones, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl acetals, polyurethanes, and epoxy resins may be used, and unstretched, monoaxially or biaxially stretched films are used. be able to. These polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among the transparent substrates described above, preferred are polyamide films, polyamideimide films, polyimide films, polyester films, olefin films, acrylic films, and cellulose films, which are excellent in transparency and heat resistance. It is also preferable to disperse inorganic particles such as silica, organic fine particles, rubber particles, etc. in the polymer film. In addition, colorants such as pigments and dyes, optical brighteners, dispersants, plasticizers, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, infrared absorbers, ultraviolet absorbers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, etc. may contain a compounding agent. The thickness of the transparent substrate is 5 μm or more and 200 μm or less, preferably 20 μm or more and 100 μm or less. Particularly when used in a flexible image display device, the thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 5 μm or more and 60 μm or less.
 本発明の積層体がウインドウフィルムとして用いられる場合のハードコート層も、上記したハードコート層(hc)と同様である。上述の通り、ハードコート層(hc)は、活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂及び熱硬化型の樹脂から形成されることが好ましく、このような樹脂は活性エネルギー線或いは熱エネルギーを照射して架橋構造を形成する反応性材料を含むハードコート組成物の硬化により形成することができる。前記ハードコート組成物は、ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種の重合物を含有する。 The hard coat layer when the laminate of the present invention is used as a window film is also the same as the hard coat layer (hc) described above. As described above, the hard coat layer (hc) is preferably formed from an active energy ray-curable resin and a thermosetting resin. It can be formed by curing a hardcoat composition containing the forming reactive material. The hard coat composition contains at least one polymer of a radically polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
 前記ラジカル重合性化合物とは、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物である。前記ラジカル重合性化合物が有するラジカル重合性基としては、ラジカル重合反応を生じ得る官能基であればよく、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を含む基などが挙げられる。具体的には、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。なお、前記ラジカル重合性化合物が2個以上のラジカル重合性基を有する場合、これらのラジカル重合性基はそれぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。前記ラジカル重合性化合物が1分子中に有するラジカル重合性基の数は、ハードコート層の硬度を向上する点から、2つ以上であることが好ましい。前記ラジカル重合性化合物としては、反応性の高さの点から、中でも(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物が好ましく、1分子中に2~6個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能アクリレートモノマーと称される化合物やエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレートと称される分子内に数個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する分子量が数百から数千のオリゴマーを好ましく使用できる。エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート及びポリエステル(メタ)アクリレートから選択された1種以上を含むことが好ましい。 The radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. The radically polymerizable group possessed by the radically polymerizable compound may be any functional group capable of causing a radical polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include a group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. Specific examples include a vinyl group and a (meth)acryloyl group. When the radically polymerizable compound has two or more radically polymerizable groups, these radically polymerizable groups may be the same or different. The number of radically polymerizable groups in one molecule of the radically polymerizable compound is preferably two or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer. The radically polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having a (meth)acryloyl group from the viewpoint of high reactivity, and a polyfunctional acrylate monomer having 2 to 6 (meth)acryloyl groups in one molecule. Compounds called epoxy (meth) acrylate, urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate and oligomers having several (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule and having a molecular weight of several hundred to several thousand are preferred. Available. It preferably contains one or more selected from epoxy (meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate and polyester (meth)acrylate.
 前記カチオン重合性化合物とは、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、ビニルエーテル基等のカチオン重合性基を有する化合物である。前記カチオン重合性化合物が1分子中に有するカチオン重合性基の数は、ハードコート層の硬度を向上する点から、2つ以上であることが好ましく、更に3つ以上であることが好ましい。また、前記カチオン重合性化合物としては、中でも、カチオン重合性基としてエポキシ基及びオキセタニル基の少なくとも1種を有する化合物が好ましい。エポキシ基、オキセタニル基等の環状エーテル基は、重合反応に伴う収縮が小さいという点から好ましい。また、環状エーテル基のうちエポキシ基を有する化合物は多様な構造の化合物が入手し易く、得られたハードコート層の耐久性に悪影響を与えず、ラジカル重合性化合物との相溶性もコントロールし易いという利点がある。また、環状エーテル基のうちオキセタニル基は、エポキシ基と比較して重合度が高くなりやすく、低毒性であり、得られたハードコート層のカチオン重合性化合物から得られるネットワーク形成速度を早め、ラジカル重合性化合物と混在する領域でも未反応のモノマーを膜中に残さずに独立したネットワークを形成する等の利点がある。 The cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a vinyl ether group. The number of cationically polymerizable groups in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably two or more, more preferably three or more, from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer. As the cationically polymerizable compound, among others, a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as a cationically polymerizable group is preferable. A cyclic ether group such as an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group is preferable from the viewpoint that shrinkage accompanying a polymerization reaction is small. In addition, among the cyclic ether groups, compounds having epoxy groups are readily available in various structures, do not adversely affect the durability of the resulting hard coat layer, and are easy to control compatibility with radically polymerizable compounds. There is an advantage. In addition, among the cyclic ether groups, the oxetanyl group tends to have a higher degree of polymerization than the epoxy group, is less toxic, accelerates the rate of network formation obtained from the cationically polymerizable compound in the resulting hard coat layer, and radicals It has the advantage of forming an independent network without leaving unreacted monomers in the film even in a region where the polymerizable compound is mixed.
 エポキシ基を有するカチオン重合性化合物としては、例えば、脂環族環を有する多価アルコールのポリグリシジルエーテル又は、シクロヘキセン環、シクロペンテン環含有化合物を、過酸化水素、過酸等の適当な酸化剤でエポキシ化する事によって得られる脂環族エポキシ樹脂;脂肪族多価アルコール、又はそのアルキレンオキサイド付加物のポリグリシジルエーテル、脂肪族長鎖多塩基酸のポリグリシジルエステル、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートのホモポリマー、コポリマーなどの脂肪族エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールFや水添ビスフェノールA等のビスフェノール類、又はそれらのアルキレンオキサイド付加体、カプロラクトン付加体等の誘導体と、エピクロルヒドリンとの反応によって製造されるグリシジルエーテル、及びノボラックエポキシ樹脂等でありビスフェノール類から誘導されるグリシジルエーテル型エポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。
 前記ハードコート組成物には重合開始剤をさらに含むことができる。重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤、カチオン重合開始剤、ラジカル及びカチオン重合開始剤等であり、適宜選択して用いることができる。これらの重合開始剤は、活性エネルギー線照射及び加熱の少なくとも一種により分解されて、ラジカルもしくはカチオンを発生してラジカル重合とカチオン重合を進行させるものである。
Examples of cationic polymerizable compounds having an epoxy group include polyglycidyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols having an alicyclic ring, or compounds containing cyclohexene rings or cyclopentene rings, which are treated with a suitable oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid. Alicyclic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation; polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or its alkylene oxide adduct, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid, homopolymer of glycidyl (meth)acrylate, Aliphatic epoxy resins such as copolymers; bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F and hydrogenated bisphenol A, or derivatives such as alkylene oxide adducts and caprolactone adducts thereof, and glycidyl ethers produced by reaction with epichlorohydrin, and glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols such as novolak epoxy resins.
The hard coat composition may further include a polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to promote radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.
 ラジカル重合開始剤は、活性エネルギー線照射及び加熱の少なくともいずれかによりラジカル重合を開始させる物質を放出することが可能であれば良い。例えば、熱ラジカル重合開始剤としては、過酸化水素、過安息香酸等の有機過酸化物、アゾビスブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物等があげられる。
 活性エネルギー線ラジカル重合開始剤としては、分子の分解でラジカルが生成されるType1型ラジカル重合開始剤と、3級アミンと共存して水素引き抜き型反応でラジカルを生成するType2型ラジカル重合開始剤があり、それぞれ単独で又は併用して使用することもできる。
Any radical polymerization initiator may be used as long as it can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. Examples of thermal radical polymerization initiators include organic peroxides such as hydrogen peroxide and perbenzoic acid, and azo compounds such as azobisbutyronitrile.
As active energy ray radical polymerization initiators, Type 1 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by decomposition of molecules and Type 2 type radical polymerization initiators that generate radicals by hydrogen abstraction type reaction in coexistence with tertiary amines are used. Yes, each can be used alone or in combination.
 カチオン重合開始剤は、活性エネルギー線照射及び加熱の少なくともいずれかによりカチオン重合を開始させる物質を放出することが可能であればよい。カチオン重合開始剤としては、芳香族ヨードニウム塩、芳香族スルホニウム塩、シクロペンタジエニル鉄(II)錯体等が使用できる。これらは、構造の違いによって活性エネルギー線照射又は加熱のいずれか又はいずれでもカチオン重合を開始することができる。 The cationic polymerization initiator should be capable of releasing a substance that initiates cationic polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. As cationic polymerization initiators, aromatic iodonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, cyclopentadienyl iron (II) complexes and the like can be used. Depending on their structural differences, they can initiate cationic polymerization either by irradiation with active energy rays or by heating.
 前記重合開始剤は、前記ハードコート組成物全体100重量%に対して0.1~10重量%を含むことができる。前記重合開始剤の含量が0.1重量%未満の場合、硬化を十分に進行させることができず、最終的に得られた塗膜の機械的物性や密着力を具現することが難しく、10重量%を超える場合、硬化収縮による接着力不良や割れ現象及びカール現象が発生することがある。 The polymerization initiator can be included in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the hard coat composition as a whole. If the content of the polymerization initiator is less than 0.1% by weight, curing may not proceed sufficiently, and it may be difficult to realize the mechanical properties and adhesion of the finally obtained coating film. If the content is more than % by weight, adhesion failure, cracking, and curling may occur due to cure shrinkage.
 前記ハードコート組成物はさらに溶剤、添加剤からなる群から選択される一つ以上をさらに含むことができる。前記溶剤は、前記重合性化合物及び重合開始剤を溶解又は分散させることができるもので、本技術分野のハードコート組成物の溶剤として知られているものなら制限なく使用することができる。前記添加剤は、無機粒子、レベリング剤、安定剤、界面活性剤、帯電防止剤、潤滑剤、防汚剤などをさらに含むことができる。 The hard coat composition may further contain one or more selected from the group consisting of solvents and additives. The solvent is capable of dissolving or dispersing the polymerizable compound and the polymerization initiator, and any solvent known as a solvent for hard coat compositions in this technical field can be used without limitation. The additives may further include inorganic particles, leveling agents, stabilizers, surfactants, antistatic agents, lubricants, antifouling agents, and the like.
 (円偏光板)
 本発明の表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル表示装置)は、上記の通り、偏光板、中でも円偏光板を備えることが好ましい。円偏光板は、直線偏光板にλ/4位相差板を積層することにより、右又は左円偏光成分のみを透過させる機能を有する機能層である。たとえば外光を右円偏光に変換して有機ELパネルで反射されて左円偏光となった外光を遮断し、有機ELの発光成分のみを透過させることで反射光の影響を抑制して画像を見やすくするために用いられる。円偏光機能を達成するためには、直線偏光板の吸収軸とλ/4位相差板の遅相軸は理論上45度である必要があるが、実用的には45±10度である。直線偏光板とλ/4位相差板は必ずしも隣接して積層される必要はなく、吸収軸と遅相軸の関係が前述の範囲を満足していればよい。全波長において完全な円偏光を達成することが好ましいが実用上は必ずしもその必要はないので本発明における円偏光板は楕円偏光板をも包含する。直線偏光板の視認側にさらにλ/4位相差フィルムを積層して、出射光を円偏光とすることで偏光サングラスをかけた状態での視認性を向上させることも好ましい。
(Circularly polarizing plate)
As described above, the display device (preferably flexible display device) of the present invention preferably includes a polarizing plate, especially a circularly polarizing plate. A circularly polarizing plate is a functional layer having a function of transmitting only a right-handed or left-handed circularly polarized light component by laminating a λ/4 retardation plate on a linearly polarizing plate. For example, by converting external light into right-handed circularly polarized light and blocking the left-handed circularly polarized light reflected by the organic EL panel, and allowing only the luminescent component of the organic EL to pass through, the effect of the reflected light is suppressed to create an image. used to make it easier to see. In order to achieve the circular polarization function, the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the slow axis of the λ/4 retardation plate should theoretically be 45 degrees, but in practice they are 45±10 degrees. The linear polarizing plate and the λ/4 retardation plate do not necessarily have to be laminated adjacent to each other as long as the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow axis satisfies the above range. Although it is preferable to achieve perfect circular polarization at all wavelengths, it is not always necessary in practice, so the circularly polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptically polarizing plate. It is also preferable to further laminate a λ/4 retardation film on the visible side of the linear polarizing plate to circularly polarize the emitted light, thereby improving the visibility when wearing polarized sunglasses.
 直線偏光板は、透過軸方向に振動している光は通すが、それとは垂直な振動成分の偏光を遮断する機能を有する機能層である。前記直線偏光板は、直線偏光子単独又は直線偏光子及びその少なくとも一方の面に貼り付けられた保護フィルムを備えた構成であってもよい。前記直線偏光板の厚さは、200μm以下であってもよく、好ましくは0.5μm以上、100μm以下である。直線偏光板の厚さが前記の範囲にあると直線偏光板の柔軟性が低下し難い傾向にある。 A linear polarizer is a functional layer that passes light oscillating in the direction of the transmission axis, but blocks the polarization of the oscillating component perpendicular to it. The linear polarizing plate may have a configuration including a linear polarizer alone or a linear polarizer and a protective film attached to at least one surface of the linear polarizer. The thickness of the linear polarizing plate may be 200 μm or less, preferably 0.5 μm or more and 100 μm or less. When the thickness of the linear polarizing plate is within the above range, the flexibility of the linear polarizing plate tends to be less likely to decrease.
 前記直線偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール(以下、PVAと略すことがある)系フィルムを染色、延伸することで製造されるフィルム型偏光子であってもよい。延伸によって配向したPVA系フィルムに、ヨウ素等の二色性色素が吸着、又はPVAに吸着した状態で延伸されることで二色性色素が配向し、偏光性能を発揮する。前記フィルム型偏光子の製造においては、他に膨潤、ホウ酸による架橋、水溶液による洗浄、乾燥等の工程を有していてもよい。延伸や染色工程はPVA系フィルム単独で行ってもよいし、ポリエチレンテレフタレートのような他のフィルム(延伸用樹脂基材)と積層された状態で行うこともできる。用いられるPVA系フィルムの厚さは好ましくは3~100μmであり、前記延伸倍率は好ましくは2~10倍である。延伸用樹脂基材とPVA系樹脂層との積層体を作製する方法としては、延伸用樹脂基材の表面に、PVA系樹脂を含む塗布液を塗布し、乾燥する方法が好ましい。 The linear polarizer may be a film-type polarizer manufactured by dyeing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PVA) film. A dichroic dye such as iodine is adsorbed on a PVA-based film that has been oriented by stretching, or the film is stretched while adsorbed to PVA, thereby aligning the dichroic dye and exhibiting polarizing performance. The production of the film-type polarizer may include other steps such as swelling, cross-linking with boric acid, washing with an aqueous solution, and drying. The stretching and dyeing processes may be carried out on the PVA-based film alone, or may be carried out while it is laminated with another film (stretching resin base material) such as polyethylene terephthalate. The thickness of the PVA-based film used is preferably 3 to 100 μm, and the draw ratio is preferably 2 to 10 times. As a method for producing a laminate of a stretchable resin base material and a PVA-based resin layer, a method of applying a coating liquid containing a PVA-based resin to the surface of the stretchable resin base material and drying it is preferable.
 特にPVA系樹脂層と延伸用樹脂基材を積層体の状態で延伸する工程と染色する工程を含む製法であれば、PVA系樹脂層が薄くても、延伸用樹脂基材に支持されていることにより延伸による破断などの不具合なく延伸することが可能となる。 In particular, if the manufacturing method includes the step of stretching and dyeing the PVA-based resin layer and the resin substrate for stretching in the state of a laminate, even if the PVA-based resin layer is thin, it is supported by the resin substrate for stretching. Thus, the film can be stretched without problems such as breakage due to stretching.
 前記偏光子の厚さは、20μm以下であり、好ましくは12μm以下であり、より好ましくは9μm以下であり、さらに好ましくは1~8μmであり、特に好ましくは3~6μmである。前記範囲内であれば、屈曲を阻害することなく、好ましい態様となる。 The thickness of the polarizer is 20 μm or less, preferably 12 μm or less, more preferably 9 μm or less, even more preferably 1 to 8 μm, particularly preferably 3 to 6 μm. If it is within the above range, it becomes a preferred embodiment without inhibiting bending.
 さらに前記偏光子の他の一例としては、液晶偏光組成物を塗布して形成する液晶塗布型偏光子が挙げられる。前記液晶偏光組成物は、液晶性化合物及び二色性色素化合物を含むことができる。前記液晶性化合物は、液晶状態を示す性質を有していればよく、特にスメクチック相等の高次の配向状態を有していると高い偏光性能を発揮することができるため好ましい。また、液晶性化合物は、重合性官能基を有することが好ましい。
 前記二色性色素化合物は、前記液晶性化合物とともに配向して二色性を示す色素であって、重合性官能基を有していてもよく、また、二色性色素自身が液晶性を有していてもよい。
 液晶偏光組成物に含まれる化合物のいずれかは重合性官能基を有する。前記液晶偏光組成物はさらに開始剤、溶剤、分散剤、レベリング剤、安定剤、界面活性剤、架橋剤、シランカップリング剤などを含むことができる。
 前記液晶偏光層は、配向膜上に液晶偏光組成物を塗布して液晶偏光層を形成することにより製造される。液晶偏光層は、フィルム型偏光子に比べて厚さを薄く形成することができ、その厚さは好ましくは0.5μm以上10μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以上5μm以下である。
Further, another example of the polarizer is a liquid crystal coated polarizer formed by applying a liquid crystal polarizing composition. The liquid crystal polarizing composition may contain a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound. The liquid crystalline compound only needs to have a property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and it is particularly preferable to have a high-order alignment state such as a smectic phase because high polarizing performance can be exhibited. Moreover, the liquid crystalline compound preferably has a polymerizable functional group.
The dichroic dye compound is a dye that exhibits dichroism by aligning with the liquid crystalline compound, and may have a polymerizable functional group, and the dichroic dye itself has liquid crystallinity. You may have
Any one of the compounds contained in the liquid crystal polarizing composition has a polymerizable functional group. The liquid crystal polarizing composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
The liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film to form a liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal polarizing layer can be formed thinner than the film-type polarizer, and the thickness is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 10 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 5 μm or less.
 前記配向膜は、例えば基材上に配向膜形成組成物を塗布し、ラビング、偏光照射等により配向性を付与することにより製造される。前記配向膜形成組成物は、配向剤を含み、さらに溶剤、架橋剤、開始剤、分散剤、レベリング剤、シランカップリング剤等を含んでいてもよい。前記配向剤としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール類、ポリアクリレート類、ポリアミック酸類、ポリイミド類が挙げられる。偏光照射により配向性を付与する配向剤を用いる場合、シンナメート基を含む配向剤を使用することが好ましい。前記配向剤として使用される高分子の重量平均分子量は、例えば、10,000~1,000,000程度である。前記配向膜の厚さは、好ましくは5nm以上10,000nm以下であり、配向規制力が十分に発現される点で、より好ましくは10nm以上500nm以下である。
 前記液晶偏光層は基材から剥離して転写して積層することもできるし、前記基材をそのまま積層することもできる。前記基材が、保護フィルムや位相差板、ウインドウフィルムの透明基材としての役割を担うことも好ましい。
The alignment film is produced, for example, by coating an alignment film-forming composition on a substrate and imparting alignment properties by rubbing, polarized light irradiation, or the like. The alignment film-forming composition contains an alignment agent, and may further contain a solvent, a cross-linking agent, an initiator, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. Examples of the alignment agent include polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamic acids, and polyimides. When using an alignment agent that imparts alignment properties by polarized light irradiation, it is preferable to use an alignment agent containing a cinnamate group. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer used as the alignment agent is, for example, about 10,000 to 1,000,000. The thickness of the alignment film is preferably 5 nm or more and 10,000 nm or less, and more preferably 10 nm or more and 500 nm or less in terms of sufficiently expressing the alignment control force.
The liquid crystal polarizing layer can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferring, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
 前記保護フィルムとしては、透明な高分子フィルムであればよく前記ウインドウフィルムの透明基材に使用される材料や添加剤と同じものが使用できる。セルロース系フィルム、オレフィン系フィルム、アクリルフィルム、ポリエステル系フィルムが好ましい。また、エポキシ樹脂等のカチオン硬化組成物やアクリレート等のラジカル硬化組成物を塗布して硬化して得られるコーティング型の保護フィルムであってもよい。該保護フィルムは、必要により可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、赤外線吸収剤、顔料や染料のような着色剤、蛍光増白剤、分散剤、熱安定剤、光安定剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、滑剤、溶剤等を含んでいてもよい。該保護フィルムの厚さは、好ましくは200μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以上100μm以下である。保護フィルムの厚さが前記の範囲にあると、該フィルムの柔軟性が低下し難い傾向にある。保護フィルムは、ウインドウフィルムの透明基材の役割を兼ねることもできる。 As the protective film, any transparent polymer film can be used, and the same materials and additives as those used for the transparent base material of the window film can be used. Cellulose-based films, olefin-based films, acrylic films, and polyester-based films are preferred. It may also be a coating-type protective film obtained by applying and curing a cationic curable composition such as an epoxy resin or a radical curable composition such as an acrylate. The protective film may optionally contain plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, and antioxidants. , a lubricant, a solvent, and the like. The thickness of the protective film is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less. When the thickness of the protective film is within the above range, the flexibility of the film tends to be less likely to decrease. The protective film can also serve as the transparent base material of the window film.
 前記λ/4位相差板は、入射光の進行方向に直行する方向(フィルムの面内方向)にλ/4の位相差を与えるフィルムである。前記λ/4位相差板は、セルロース系フィルム、オレフィン系フィルム、ポリカーボネート系フィルム等の高分子フィルムを延伸することで製造される延伸型位相差板であってもよい。前記λ/4位相差板は、必要により位相差調整剤、可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、赤外線吸収剤、顔料や染料のような着色剤、蛍光増白剤、分散剤、熱安定剤、光安定剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、滑剤、溶剤等を含んでいてもよい。
 前記延伸型位相差板の厚さは、好ましくは200μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以上100μm以下である。延伸型位相差板の厚さが前記の範囲にあると、該延伸型位相差板の柔軟性が低下し難い傾向にある。
The λ/4 retardation plate is a film that provides a λ/4 retardation in a direction (in-plane direction of the film) perpendicular to the traveling direction of incident light. The λ/4 retardation plate may be a stretched retardation plate manufactured by stretching a polymer film such as a cellulose film, an olefin film, or a polycarbonate film. The λ / 4 retardation plate, if necessary, retardation modifiers, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers agents, antistatic agents, antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, and the like.
The thickness of the stretched retardation plate is preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less. When the thickness of the stretched retardation plate is within the above range, the flexibility of the stretched retardation plate tends to be less likely to decrease.
 さらに前記λ/4位相差板の他の一例としては、液晶組成物を塗布して形成する液晶塗布型位相差板が挙げられる。
 前記液晶組成物は、ネマチック、コレステリック、スメクチック等の液晶状態を示す液晶性化合物を含む。前記液晶性化合物は、重合性官能基を有する。
 前記液晶組成物は、さらに開始剤、溶剤、分散剤、レベリング剤、安定剤、界面活性剤、架橋剤、シランカップリング剤などを含むことができる。
 前記液晶塗布型位相差板は、前記液晶偏光層と同様に、液晶組成物を下地上に塗布、硬化して液晶位相差層を形成することで製造することができる。液晶塗布型位相差板は、延伸型位相差板に比べて厚さを薄く形成することができる。前記液晶偏光層の厚さは、好ましくは0.5μm以上10μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以上5μm以下である。
 前記液晶塗布型位相差板は基材から剥離して転写して積層することもできるし、前記基材をそのまま積層することもできる。前記基材が、保護フィルムや位相差板、ウインドウフィルムの透明基材としての役割を担うことも好ましい。
Another example of the λ/4 retardation plate is a liquid crystal coated retardation plate formed by coating a liquid crystal composition.
The liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound exhibiting a liquid crystal state such as nematic, cholesteric, or smectic. The liquid crystalline compound has a polymerizable functional group.
The liquid crystal composition may further include an initiator, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a cross-linking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like.
The liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be produced by applying a liquid crystal composition on a base and curing to form a liquid crystal retardation layer in the same manner as the liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be formed thinner than the stretching type retardation plate. The thickness of the liquid crystal polarizing layer is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 10 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 5 μm or less.
The liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be laminated by peeling from the base material and transferred, or the base material can be laminated as it is. It is also preferable that the base material plays a role as a protective film, a retardation plate, or a transparent base material for a window film.
 一般的には、短波長ほど複屈折が大きく長波長になるほど小さな複屈折を示す材料が多い。この場合には全可視光領域でλ/4の位相差を達成することはできないので、視感度の高い560nm付近に対してλ/4となるように、面内位相差は、好ましくは100nm以上180nm以下、より好ましくは130nm以上150nm以下となるように設計される。通常とは逆の複屈折率波長分散特性を有する材料を用いた逆分散λ/4位相差板は、視認性が良好となる点で好ましい。このような材料としては、例えば延伸型位相差板は特開2007-232873号公報等に、液晶塗布型位相差板は特開2010-30979号公報等に記載されているものを用いることができる。
 また、他の方法としてはλ/2位相差板と組合せることで広帯域λ/4位相差板を得る技術も知られている(例えば、特開平10-90521号公報など)。λ/2位相差板もλ/4位相差板と同様の材料方法で製造される。延伸型位相差板と液晶塗布型位相差板の組合せは任意であるが、どちらも液晶塗布型位相差板を用いることにより厚さを薄くすることができる。
 前記円偏光板には斜め方向の視認性を高めるために、正のCプレートを積層する方法が知られている(例えば、特開2014-224837号公報など)。正のCプレートは、液晶塗布型位相差板であっても延伸型位相差板であってもよい。該位相差板の厚さ方向の位相差は、好ましくは-200nm以上-20nm以下、より好ましくは-140nm以上-40nm以下である。
In general, many materials exhibit larger birefringence at shorter wavelengths and smaller birefringence at longer wavelengths. In this case, it is not possible to achieve a retardation of λ/4 in the entire visible light region, so that the in-plane retardation is preferably 100 nm or more so that it is λ/4 around 560 nm where visibility is high. It is designed to be 180 nm or less, more preferably 130 nm or more and 150 nm or less. A reverse-dispersion λ/4 retardation plate using a material having a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic opposite to that of a normal one is preferable in terms of good visibility. As such materials, for example, those described in JP-A-2007-232873 and the like for the stretched retardation plate, and those described in JP-A-2010-30979 and the like for the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate can be used. .
As another method, a technique of obtaining a broadband λ/4 retardation plate by combining with a λ/2 retardation plate is also known (for example, JP-A-10-90521). The λ/2 retardation plate is also manufactured by a material method similar to that of the λ/4 retardation plate. The combination of the stretched retardation plate and the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate is arbitrary, but the thickness of both can be reduced by using the liquid crystal-coated retardation plate.
A method is known in which a positive C plate is laminated on the circularly polarizing plate in order to improve the visibility in the oblique direction (for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-224837). The positive C-plate may be either a liquid crystal-coated retardation plate or a stretched retardation plate. The retardation in the thickness direction of the retardation plate is preferably −200 nm or more and −20 nm or less, more preferably −140 nm or more and −40 nm or less.
 (タッチセンサ)
 本発明の積層体を備える表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル表示装置)は、上記の通り、タッチセンサを備えることが好ましい。タッチセンサは入力手段として用いられる。タッチセンサとしては、抵抗膜方式、表面弾性波方式、赤外線方式、電磁誘導方式、静電容量方式等様々な様式が挙げられ、好ましくは静電容量方式が挙げられる。
 静電容量方式タッチセンサは活性領域及び前記活性領域の外郭部に位置する非活性領域に区分される。活性領域は表示パネルで画面が表示される領域(表示部)に対応する領域であって、使用者のタッチが感知される領域であり、非活性領域は表示装置で画面が表示されない領域(非表示部)に対応する領域である。タッチセンサは、好ましくはフレキシブルな特性を有する基板と、前記基板の活性領域に形成された感知パターンと、前記基板の非活性領域に形成され、前記感知パターンとパッド部を介して外部の駆動回路と接続するための各センシングラインを含むことができる。フレキシブルな特性を有する基板としては、前記ウインドウフィルムの透明基板と同様の材料が使用できる。タッチセンサの基板は、靱性が2,000MPa%以上のものがタッチセンサのクラック抑制の面から好ましい。より好ましくは靱性が2,000MPa%以上、30,000MPa%以下である。ここで、靭性は、高分子材料の引張実験を通じて得られる応力(MPa)-ひずみ(%)曲線(Stress-strain curve)で破壊点までの曲線の下部面積として定義される。
(touch sensor)
A display device (preferably a flexible display device) including the laminate of the present invention preferably includes a touch sensor as described above. A touch sensor is used as an input means. As the touch sensor, there are various types such as a resistive film type, a surface acoustic wave type, an infrared type, an electromagnetic induction type, and an electrostatic capacity type, and the capacitive type is preferred.
A capacitive touch sensor is divided into an active area and a non-active area located outside the active area. The active area is an area corresponding to the area (display part) where the screen is displayed on the display panel, and is an area where a user's touch is sensed. display area). The touch sensor preferably includes a flexible substrate, a sensing pattern formed in an active region of the substrate, and an external driving circuit formed in a non-active region of the substrate through the sensing pattern and a pad portion. each sensing line for connecting to a As the flexible substrate, the same material as the transparent substrate of the window film can be used. The substrate of the touch sensor preferably has a toughness of 2,000 MPa % or more from the viewpoint of suppressing cracks in the touch sensor. More preferably, the toughness is 2,000 MPa% or more and 30,000 MPa% or less. Here, the toughness is defined as the lower area of a stress-strain curve obtained through a tensile test of a polymeric material, up to the breaking point.
 前記感知パターンは、第1方向に形成された第1パターン及び第2方向に形成された第2パターンを備えることができる。第1パターンと第2パターンとは互いに異なる方向に配置される。第1パターン及び第2パターンは、同一層に形成され、タッチされる地点を感知するためには、それぞれのパターンが電気的に接続されなければならない。第1パターンは複数の単位パターンが継ぎ手を介して互いに接続された形態であるが、第2パターンは複数の単位パターンがアイランド形態に互いに分離された構造になっているので、第2パターンを電気的に接続するためには別途のブリッジ電極が必要である。第2パターンの接続のための電極には、周知の透明電極を適用することができる。該透明電極の素材としては、例えば、インジウムスズ酸化物(ITO)、インジウム亜鉛酸化物(IZO)、亜鉛酸化物(ZnO)、インジウム亜鉛スズ酸化物(IZTO)、インジウムガリウム亜鉛酸化物(IGZO)、カドミウムスズ酸化物(CTO)、PEDOT(poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene))、炭素ナノチューブ(CNT)、グラフェン、金属ワイヤなどが挙げられ、好ましくはITOが挙げられる。これらは単独又は2種以上混合して使用できる。金属ワイヤに使用される金属は特に限定されず、例えば、銀、金、アルミニウム、銅、鉄、ニッケル、チタン、テレニウム、クロムなどが挙げられ、これらは単独又は2種以上混合して使用することができる。
 ブリッジ電極は感知パターン上部に絶縁層を介して前記絶縁層上部に形成されることができ、基板上にブリッジ電極が形成されており、その上に絶縁層及び感知パターンを形成することができる。前記ブリッジ電極は感知パターンと同じ素材で形成することもでき、モリブデン、銀、アルミニウム、銅、パラジウム、金、白金、亜鉛、スズ、チタン又はこれらのうちの2種以上の合金で形成することもできる。
 第1パターンと第2パターンは電気的に絶縁されなければならないので、感知パターンとブリッジ電極の間には絶縁層が形成される。該絶縁層は、第1パターンの継ぎ手とブリッジ電極との間にのみ形成することや、感知パターン全体を覆う層として形成することもできる。感知パターン全体を覆う層の場合、ブリッジ電極は絶縁層に形成されたコンタクトホールを介して第2パターンを接続することができる。
The sensing patterns may include first patterns formed in a first direction and second patterns formed in a second direction. The first pattern and the second pattern are arranged in different directions. The first pattern and the second pattern are formed in the same layer, and each pattern should be electrically connected to sense a touched point. The first pattern has a form in which a plurality of unit patterns are connected to each other through joints, while the second pattern has a structure in which a plurality of unit patterns are separated from each other in an island form. A separate bridge electrode is required for direct connection. A well-known transparent electrode can be applied to the electrode for connection of the second pattern. Materials for the transparent electrode include, for example, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), and indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO). , cadmium tin oxide (CTO), PEDOT (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)), carbon nanotube (CNT), graphene, metal wire, etc., preferably ITO. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The metal used for the metal wire is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium, terenium, chromium, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. can be done.
A bridge electrode may be formed on the insulating layer above the sensing pattern with an insulating layer interposed therebetween, and the bridge electrode may be formed on the substrate, and the insulating layer and the sensing pattern may be formed thereon. The bridge electrode may be made of the same material as the sensing pattern, and may be made of molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or an alloy of two or more of these. can.
Since the first pattern and the second pattern should be electrically insulated, an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridge electrode. The insulating layer can be formed only between the joints of the first pattern and the bridge electrodes, or can be formed as a layer covering the entire sensing pattern. In the case of a layer covering the entire sensing pattern, the bridge electrode can connect the second pattern through contact holes formed in the insulating layer.
 前記タッチセンサは、感知パターンが形成されたパターン領域と、感知パターンが形成されていない非パターン領域との間の透過率の差、具体的には、これらの領域における屈折率の差によって誘発される光透過率の差を適切に補償するための手段として基板と電極の間に光学調節層をさらに含むことができる。該光学調節層は、無機絶縁物質又は有機絶縁物質を含むことができる。光学調節層は光硬化性有機バインダー及び溶剤を含む光硬化組成物を基板上にコーティングして形成することができる。前記光硬化組成物は無機粒子をさらに含むことができる。前記無機粒子によって光学調節層の屈折率を高くすることができる。
 前記光硬化性有機バインダーは、本発明の効果を損ねない範囲で、例えば、アクリレート系単量体、スチレン系単量体、カルボン酸系単量体などの各単量体の共重合体を含むことができる。前記光硬化性有機バインダーは、例えば、エポキシ基含有繰り返し単位、アクリレート繰り返し単位、カルボン酸繰り返し単位などの互いに異なる各繰り返し単位を含む共重合体であってもよい。
 前記無機粒子としては、例えば、ジルコニア粒子、チタニア粒子、アルミナ粒子などが挙げられる。
 前記光硬化組成物は、光重合開始剤、重合性モノマー、硬化補助剤などの各添加剤をさらに含むこともできる。
The touch sensor is induced by a difference in transmittance between a patterned area where a sensing pattern is formed and a non-patterned area where no sensing pattern is formed, specifically by a difference in refractive index in these areas. An optical adjustment layer may further be included between the substrate and the electrode as a means for properly compensating for differences in optical transmittance. The optical modulating layer can comprise an inorganic insulating material or an organic insulating material. The optical control layer may be formed by coating a photocurable composition containing a photocurable organic binder and a solvent on a substrate. The photocurable composition may further include inorganic particles. The inorganic particles can increase the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer.
The photocurable organic binder includes a copolymer of each monomer such as an acrylate-based monomer, a styrene-based monomer, and a carboxylic acid-based monomer within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. be able to. The photocurable organic binder may be, for example, a copolymer containing different repeating units such as epoxy group-containing repeating units, acrylate repeating units, and carboxylic acid repeating units.
Examples of the inorganic particles include zirconia particles, titania particles, and alumina particles.
The photocurable composition may further include additives such as a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing aid.
 (接着層)
 前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)用積層体を形成する各層(ウインドウフィルム、円偏光板、タッチセンサ)並びに各層を構成するフィルム部材(直線偏光板、λ/4位相差板等)は接着剤によって接合することができる。該接着剤としては、水系接着剤、有機溶剤系、無溶剤系接着剤、固体接着剤、溶剤揮散型接着剤、湿気硬化型接着剤、加熱硬化型接着剤、嫌気硬化型、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤、硬化剤混合型接着剤、熱溶融型接着剤、感圧型接着剤(粘着剤)、再湿型接着剤等、通常使用されている接着剤等が使用でき、好ましくは水系溶剤揮散型接着剤、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤、粘着剤を使用できる。接着剤層の厚さは、求められる接着力等に応じて適宜調節することができ、好ましくは0.01~500μm、より好ましくは0.1~300μmである。前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)用積層体には、複数の接着層が存在するが、それぞれの厚さや種類は、同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
(adhesion layer)
Each layer (window film, circularly polarizing plate, touch sensor) forming the laminate for the display device (preferably a flexible image display device) and film members (linear polarizing plate, λ/4 retardation plate, etc.) constituting each layer are It can be joined with an adhesive. Examples of the adhesive include water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent volatile adhesives, moisture-curable adhesives, heat-curable adhesives, anaerobic-curable adhesives, and active energy ray-curable adhesives. Commonly used adhesives such as adhesives, curing agent-mixed adhesives, hot-melt adhesives, pressure-sensitive adhesives (adhesives), and rewetting adhesives can be used, preferably water-based solvent volatilization. A type adhesive, an active energy ray-curable adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used. The thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the desired adhesive strength and the like, and is preferably 0.01 to 500 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 300 μm. A plurality of adhesive layers are present in the laminate for a display device (preferably a flexible image display device), and the respective thicknesses and types may be the same or different.
 前記水系溶剤揮散型接着剤としては、ポリビニルアルコール系ポリマー、でんぷん等の水溶性ポリマー、エチレン-酢酸ビニル系エマルジョン、スチレン-ブタジエン系エマルジョン等水分散状態のポリマーを主剤ポリマーとして使用することができる。前記主剤ポリマーと水とに加えて、架橋剤、シラン系化合物、イオン性化合物、架橋触媒、酸化防止剤、染料、顔料、無機フィラー、有機溶剤等を配合してもよい。前記水系溶剤揮散型接着剤によって接着する場合、前記水系溶剤揮散型接着剤を被接着層間に注入して被着層を貼合した後、乾燥させることで接着性を付与することができる。前記水系溶剤揮散型接着剤を用いる場合、その接着層の厚さは、好ましくは0.01~10μm、より好ましくは0.1~1μmである。前記水系溶剤揮散型接着剤を複数層に用いる場合、それぞれの層の厚さや種類は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。 As the water-based solvent volatilization adhesive, water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol-based polymers and starch, and polymers in a water-dispersed state such as ethylene-vinyl acetate-based emulsions and styrene-butadiene-based emulsions can be used as main polymers. In addition to the main polymer and water, crosslinking agents, silane compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, organic solvents, and the like may be added. When bonding with the water-based solvent volatilization type adhesive, adhesion can be imparted by injecting the water-based solvent volatilization type adhesive between the layers to be adhered, laminating the layers to be adhered, and then drying. When the water-based solvent volatilization type adhesive is used, the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 1 μm. When the water-based solvent volatilization type adhesive is used for multiple layers, the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
 前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤は、活性エネルギー線を照射して接着剤層を形成する反応性材料を含む活性エネルギー線硬化組成物の硬化により形成することができる。前記活性エネルギー線硬化組成物は、ハードコート組成物に含まれるものと同様のラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種の重合物を含有することができる。前記ラジカル重合性化合物は、ハードコート組成物におけるラジカル重合性化合物と同じ化合物を用いることができる。
 前記カチオン重合性化合物は、ハードコート組成物におけるカチオン重合性化合物と同じ化合物を用いることができる。
 活性エネルギー線硬化組成物に用いられるカチオン重合性化合物としては、エポキシ化合物が特に好ましい。接着剤組成物としての粘度を下げるために単官能の化合物を反応性希釈剤として含むことも好ましい。
The active energy ray-curable adhesive can be formed by curing an active energy ray-curable composition containing a reactive material that forms an adhesive layer upon irradiation with an active energy ray. The active energy ray-curable composition can contain at least one polymer of the same radically polymerizable compound and cationic polymerizable compound as those contained in the hard coat composition. As the radically polymerizable compound, the same compound as the radically polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
As the cationic polymerizable compound, the same compound as the cationic polymerizable compound in the hard coat composition can be used.
Epoxy compounds are particularly preferred as the cationic polymerizable compound used in the active energy ray-curable composition. It is also preferred to contain a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent in order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition.
 活性エネルギー線組成物は、粘度を低下させるために、単官能の化合物を含むことができる。該単官能の化合物としては、1分子中に1個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するアクリレート系単量体や、1分子中に1個のエポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を有する化合物、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。
 活性エネルギー線組成物は、さらに重合開始剤を含むことができる。該重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤、カチオン重合開始剤、ラジカル及びカチオン重合開始剤等が挙げられ、これらは適宜選択して用いられる。これらの重合開始剤は、活性エネルギー線照射及び加熱の少なくとも一種により分解されて、ラジカルもしくはカチオンを発生してラジカル重合とカチオン重合を進行させるものである。ハードコート組成物の記載の中で活性エネルギー線照射によりラジカル重合又はカチオン重合の内の少なくともいずれか開始することができる開始剤を使用することができる。
 前記活性エネルギー線硬化組成物はさらに、イオン捕捉剤、酸化防止剤、連鎖移動剤、密着付与剤、熱可塑性樹脂、充填剤、流動粘度調整剤、可塑剤、消泡剤溶剤、添加剤、溶剤を含むことができる。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤によって2つの被接着層を接着する場合、前記活性エネルギー線硬化組成物を被接着層のいずれか一方又は両方に塗布後、貼合し、いずれかの被着層又は両方の被接着層に活性エネルギー線を照射して硬化させることにより、接着することができる。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤を用いる場合、その接着層の厚さは、好ましくは0.01~20μm、より好ましくは0.1~10μmである。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤を複数の接着層形成に用いる場合、それぞれの層の厚さや種類は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
The active energy ray composition can contain a monofunctional compound to reduce viscosity. Examples of the monofunctional compound include acrylate-based monomers having one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule, compounds having one epoxy group or oxetanyl group in one molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) ) acrylates and the like.
The active energy ray composition can further contain a polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., and these are appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to promote radical polymerization and cationic polymerization. In the description of the hard coat composition, an initiator capable of initiating at least one of radical polymerization and cationic polymerization upon exposure to active energy rays can be used.
The active energy ray-curable composition further includes an ion scavenger, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow viscosity modifier, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent solvent, an additive, and a solvent. can include When bonding two layers to be adhered with the active energy ray-curable adhesive, the active energy ray-curable composition is applied to one or both of the layers to be adhered, and then laminated, and any adherend layer is adhered. Alternatively, both layers to be adhered can be adhered by irradiating them with active energy rays for curing. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used, the adhesive layer preferably has a thickness of 0.01 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 10 μm. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used to form a plurality of adhesive layers, the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
 前記粘着剤としては、主剤ポリマーに応じて、アクリル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤等に分類される何れを使用することもできる。粘着剤には主剤ポリマーに加えて、架橋剤、シラン系化合物、イオン性化合物、架橋触媒、酸化防止剤、粘着付与剤、可塑剤、染料、顔料、無機フィラー等を配合してもよい。前記粘着剤を構成する各成分を溶剤に溶解・分散させて粘着剤組成物を得て、該粘着剤組成物を基材上に塗布した後に乾燥させることで、粘着剤層接着層が形成される。粘着層は直接形成されてもよいし、別途基材に形成したものを転写することもできる。接着前の粘着面をカバーするためには離型フィルムを使用することも好ましい。前記活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤を用いる場合、その接着層の厚さは、好ましくは0.1~500μm、より好ましくは1~300μmである。前記粘着剤を複数層用いる場合には、それぞれの層の厚さや種類は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。 Any of the adhesives classified into acrylic adhesives, urethane-based adhesives, rubber-based adhesives, silicone-based adhesives, etc. can be used as the adhesive according to the main polymer. In addition to the base polymer, the adhesive may contain a cross-linking agent, a silane compound, an ionic compound, a cross-linking catalyst, an antioxidant, a tackifier, a plasticizer, a dye, a pigment, an inorganic filler, and the like. An adhesive layer is formed by dissolving and dispersing each component constituting the adhesive in a solvent to obtain an adhesive composition, applying the adhesive composition on a substrate and then drying it. be. The adhesive layer may be formed directly, or may be transferred after being separately formed on the substrate. It is also preferable to use a release film to cover the adhesive surface before adhesion. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used, the adhesive layer preferably has a thickness of 0.1 to 500 μm, more preferably 1 to 300 μm. When using a plurality of layers of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, the thickness and type of each layer may be the same or different.
 (遮光パターン)
 前記遮光パターンは、前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)のベゼル又はハウジングの少なくとも一部として適用することができる。遮光パターンによって前記表示装置(好ましくはフレキシブル画像表示装置)の辺縁部に配置される配線が隠されて視認されにくくすることで、画像の視認性が向上する。前記遮光パターンは単層又は複層の形態であってもよい。遮光パターンのカラーは特に制限されることはなく、黒色、白色、金属色などの多様なカラーであってもよい。遮光パターンはカラーを具現するための顔料と、アクリル系樹脂、エステル系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリウレタン、シリコーンなどの高分子で形成することができる。これらの単独又は2種類以上の混合物で使用することもできる。前記遮光パターンは、印刷、リソグラフィ、インクジェットなど各種の方法にて形成することができる。遮光パターンの厚さは、好ましくは1~100μm、より好ましくは2~50μmである。また、遮光パターンの厚さ方向に傾斜等の形状を付与することも好ましい。
(Shading pattern)
The light shielding pattern can be applied as at least part of a bezel or housing of the display device (preferably a flexible image display device). The visibility of the image is improved by hiding the wiring arranged at the peripheral portion of the display device (preferably the flexible image display device) by the light-shielding pattern and making it difficult to see. The light shielding pattern may be in the form of a single layer or multiple layers. The color of the light-shielding pattern is not particularly limited, and various colors such as black, white, and metallic color may be used. The light-shielding pattern may be formed of pigments for realizing colors and polymers such as acryl-based resins, ester-based resins, epoxy-based resins, polyurethanes, and silicones. These may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more. The light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, lithography, and inkjet. The thickness of the light-shielding pattern is preferably 1-100 μm, more preferably 2-50 μm. It is also preferable to impart a shape such as an inclination in the thickness direction of the light shielding pattern.
 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明をより具体的に説明する。本発明は以下の実施例によって制限を受けるものではなく、前記、後記の趣旨に適合し得る範囲で適当に変更を加えて実施することも勿論可能であり、それらはいずれも本発明の技術的範囲に包含される。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. The present invention is not limited by the following examples, and it is of course possible to make appropriate modifications within the scope that can be adapted to the gist of the above and below. Included in scope.
[中間層形成用組成物の調製]
 実施例1
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)として下記式で示す、特開2012-197330号公報に記載のN-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランとクロロプロピルトリメトキシシランの反応物(商品名;X-12-5263HP、信越化学工業株式会社製)を0.25質量%、溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.50質量%、溶剤2としてアセトンを0.25質量%混合した溶液を室温で撹拌し、中間層形成用組成物1を得た。
[Preparation of Intermediate Layer Forming Composition]
Example 1
A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane described in JP-A-2012-197330, represented by the following formula as an organosilicon compound (C) (trade name ;X-12-5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was mixed with 0.25% by mass, 99.50% by mass of butyl acetate as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone as solvent 2. A solution was stirred at room temperature. Then, intermediate layer-forming composition 1 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 実施例2
 溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.70質量%、溶剤2としてエタノールを0.05質量%用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物2を得た。
Example 2
Intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.70% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.05% by mass of ethanol was used as solvent 2.
 実施例3
 溶剤2として2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-ドデカフルオロ-1-ヘプタノールを用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物3を得た。
Example 3
An intermediate layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol was used as solvent 2. A composition 3 for
 実施例4
 溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.45質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン0.25質量%並びにエタノール0.05質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物4を得た。
Example 4
Intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.45% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1, and 0.25% by mass of acetone and 0.05% by mass of ethanol were used as solvent 2. Obtained.
 実施例5
 溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを97.25質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン2.50質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物5を得た。
Example 5
Intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 97.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 2.50% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
 実施例6
 溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.73質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン0.025質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物6を得た。
Example 6
An intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 99.73% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.025% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
 実施例7
 溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを28.50質量%、溶剤2としてアセトン71.25質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物7を得た。
Example 7
Intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 28.50% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 71.25% by mass of acetone was used as solvent 2.
 実施例8
 溶剤1として酢酸ブチルを99.25質量%、溶剤2としてジアセトンアルコール0.50質量%を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物8を得た。
 実施例9
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)として下記式で示す、3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロパン-1-アミン(信越化学工業株式会社製KBM-903)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして、中間層形成用組成物9を得た。
Example 8
An intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 99.25% by mass of butyl acetate was used as solvent 1 and 0.50% by mass of diacetone alcohol was used as solvent 2.
Example 9
In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 3-(trimethoxysilyl)propan-1-amine (KBM-903 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) represented by the following formula was used as the organosilicon compound (C). An intermediate layer forming composition 9 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 比較例1
 有機ケイ素化合物(C)として特開2012-197330号公報に記載のN-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランとクロロプロピルトリメトキシシランの反応物(商品名;X-12-5263HP、信越化学工業株式会社製)を0.25質量%、溶剤1としてトルエンを99.75質量%混合した溶液を室温で撹拌し、中間層形成用組成物10を得た。
Comparative example 1
A reaction product of N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and chloropropyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: X-12- 5263HP, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and 99.75% by mass of toluene as solvent 1 were stirred at room temperature to obtain intermediate layer forming composition 10 .
 以下、表1には中間層形成用組成物に使用された溶剤のハンセン溶解度パラメータ、比率(δH/δD)、及び上述の式(E.1)に基づいて算出されるX-12-5263HPとのハンセン溶解度パラメータの距離Raを示す。 Table 1 below shows the Hansen solubility parameters and the ratio (δH/δD) of the solvent used in the composition for forming the intermediate layer, and X-12-5263HP and X-12-5263HP calculated based on the above formula (E.1). shows the distance Ra of the Hansen Solubility Parameter of .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
 表1におけるハンセン溶解度パラメータは、酢酸ブチル、トルエン、アセトン、エタノール、2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-ドデカフルオロ-1-ヘプタノール、及びジアセトンアルコールについては、HSPiPバージョン5.2.05のデータベースに登録されている値を、X-12-5263HPについては、後述の「溶解球法によるハンセン溶解度パラメータの測定」により算出された値を示す。 The Hansen solubility parameters in Table 1 are for butyl acetate, toluene, acetone, ethanol, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoro-1-heptanol, and For acetone alcohol, the values registered in the HSPiP version 5.2.05 database are shown, and for X-12-5263HP, the values calculated by the "measurement of Hansen solubility parameter by dissolving sphere method" described later are shown. .
 溶解球法によるハンセン溶解度パラメータの測定
 透明の容器に、表2に示すような溶解度パラメータが既知の溶媒(出典:ポリマーハンドブック第4版)1mLと、X-12-5263HP 1mLを投入し混合液を調製した。得られた混合物を振とうした後、混合液の外観を目視にて観察し、得られた観察結果から下記の評価基準に基づいてX-12-5263HPの溶媒への溶解性を評価した。なお、評価基準が1又は2の場合は溶媒が測定試料を溶解したと判断し、評価基準が0の場合は溶媒が測定試料を溶解しなかったと判断した。評価結果を表2に示す。
(評価基準)
2:混合液の外観は半透明である。
1:混合液の外観は無色透明である。
0:混合液の外観は白濁している。
Measurement of Hansen solubility parameter by dissolving ball method In a transparent container, 1 mL of a solvent with known solubility parameters as shown in Table 2 (Source: Polymer Handbook 4th edition) and 1 mL of X-12-5263HP are added and the mixture is prepared. After shaking the resulting mixture, the appearance of the mixture was visually observed, and the solubility of X-12-5263HP in the solvent was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria based on the observation results obtained. When the evaluation criterion was 1 or 2, it was determined that the solvent dissolved the measurement sample, and when the evaluation criterion was 0, it was determined that the solvent did not dissolve the measurement sample. Table 2 shows the evaluation results.
(Evaluation criteria)
2: Appearance of mixed liquid is translucent.
1: Appearance of mixed liquid is colorless and transparent.
0: The appearance of the mixed liquid is cloudy.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
 得られた溶解性の評価結果から、上述の溶解球法を用いて溶解度球を作成した。得られた溶解度球の中心座標をX-12-5263HPのハンセン溶解度パラメータとした。 From the obtained solubility evaluation results, solubility spheres were created using the above-mentioned melting sphere method. The center coordinates of the resulting solubility sphere were taken as the Hansen solubility parameters of X-12-5263HP.
[撥水層形成用組成物の調製]
 有機ケイ素化合物(A)として上記式(a3)を満たす化合物(a10)、有機ケイ素化合物(B)としてFAS13E(C613-C24-Si(OC253、東京化成工業株式会社製)、溶剤4としてFC-3283(C921N、フロリナート、3M社製)を混合し、室温で所定の時間撹拌し、撥水層形成用組成物を得た。撥水層形成用組成物中の有機ケイ素化合物(A)の割合は0.085質量%、有機ケイ素化合物(B)の割合は0.05質量%であった。なお、有機ケイ素化合物(A)として使用した化合物(a10)は、上述の化合物(a11)及び(a21)の要件を満たすとともに、好ましい態様も含めた式(a3)の要件を満たす化合物である。
[Preparation of composition for forming water-repellent layer]
A compound (a10) satisfying the above formula (a3) as the organosilicon compound (A), FAS13E(C 6 F 13 —C 2 H 4 —Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 as the organosilicon compound (B), Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.) and FC-3283 (C 9 F 21 N, Fluorinert, manufactured by 3M) as solvent 4 were mixed and stirred at room temperature for a predetermined time to obtain a composition for forming a water-repellent layer. The ratio of the organosilicon compound (A) in the water-repellent layer-forming composition was 0.085% by mass, and the ratio of the organosilicon compound (B) was 0.05% by mass. The compound (a10) used as the organosilicon compound (A) is a compound that satisfies the requirements of the above-described compounds (a11) and (a21) and also satisfies the requirements of formula (a3) including preferred embodiments.
[積層体の作製]
 実施例10
 大気圧プラズマ装置(富士機械製造株式会社製)を用いて被塗布面を活性化処理したハードコート層を有するポリエチレンテレフタレート基材におけるハードコート層上に、前記で得られた中間層形成用組成物1を、株式会社MIKASA製OPTICOAT MS-A100(バーコーター)、#2のバーを用い、0.5ml、100mm/secの条件で塗布し、100℃で30秒乾燥させ、中間層を形成させた。その後、撥水層形成用組成物を、前記と同様の条件で中間層上に塗布し、100℃で30秒乾燥させ、撥水層を形成させた。
[Preparation of laminate]
Example 10
The intermediate layer-forming composition obtained above is applied onto the hard coat layer of a polyethylene terephthalate substrate having a hard coat layer whose surface to be coated is activated using an atmospheric pressure plasma device (manufactured by Fuji Machine Manufacturing Co., Ltd.). 1 was applied under the conditions of 0.5 ml and 100 mm/sec using an OPTICOAT MS-A100 (bar coater) manufactured by MIKASA Co., Ltd., #2 bar, and dried at 100 ° C. for 30 seconds to form an intermediate layer. . Thereafter, the composition for forming a water-repellent layer was applied onto the intermediate layer under the same conditions as above and dried at 100° C. for 30 seconds to form a water-repellent layer.
 実施例11
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、後述の加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物1を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 11
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, an intermediate layer-forming composition 1 subjected to an acceleration test described later was used.
 加速試験
 調製した中間層形成用組成物40mLをポリプロピレン製使い捨て容器に取り分け、ポリ塩化ビニリデン製の耐熱ガスバリア性フィルムで蓋をした後、温度22℃湿度55%の大気雰囲気下、400rpmで2時間攪拌した。
40 mL of the intermediate layer-forming composition prepared for the accelerated test was placed in a disposable polypropylene container, covered with a heat-resistant gas barrier film made of polyvinylidene chloride, and then stirred at 400 rpm for 2 hours in an air atmosphere with a temperature of 22° C. and a humidity of 55%. did.
 実施例12
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物2を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 12
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例13
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物2を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 13
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 2 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 実施例14
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物3を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 14
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例15
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物3を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 15
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 3 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 実施例16
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物4を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 16
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例17
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物4を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 17
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 4 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 実施例18
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物5を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 18
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 5 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例19
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物5を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 19
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 5 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 実施例20
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物6を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 20
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例21
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物6を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 21
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 6 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 実施例22
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物7を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 22
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 7 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例23
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物7を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 23
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of intermediate layer-forming composition 1, intermediate layer-forming composition 7 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 実施例24
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物8を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 24
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例25
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物8を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 25
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 8 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 実施例26
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物9を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 26
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 実施例27
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物9を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Example 27
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 9 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 比較例2
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、中間層形成用組成物10を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Comparative example 2
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 was used instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1.
 比較例3
 中間層形成用組成物1の代わりに、上記加速試験を行った中間層形成用組成物10を使用したこと以外は、実施例10と同様にして積層体を得た。
Comparative example 3
A laminate was obtained in the same manner as in Example 10, except that instead of the intermediate layer-forming composition 1, the intermediate layer-forming composition 10 subjected to the accelerated test was used.
 上記実施例及び比較例で得られた組成物及び積層体を、下記の方法で評価した。結果を表3に示す。 The compositions and laminates obtained in the above examples and comparative examples were evaluated by the following methods. Table 3 shows the results.
 保存安定性の評価
 25mLの中間層形成用組成物1~10を、50mLスクリュー管に各々取り分け、大気下で開放した後、蓋を閉めて保管した。大気雰囲気は温度22℃湿度55%であった。蓋を閉めてから、組成物が白濁するまでの日数を測定した。白濁するまでの日数が長いほど、組成物の保存安定性が良好であるといえる。
Evaluation of Storage Stability Twenty-five mL of intermediate layer-forming compositions 1 to 10 were placed in 50-mL screw tubes, exposed to the atmosphere, and then stored with the lids closed. The air atmosphere had a temperature of 22° C. and a humidity of 55%. After closing the lid, the number of days until the composition became cloudy was measured. It can be said that the longer the number of days until the composition becomes cloudy, the better the storage stability of the composition.
 接触角の測定(初期接触角)
 実施例10、12、14、16、18、20、22、24、26及び比較例2で得られた積層体における撥水層側の表面に、3μLの水滴を滴下し、接触角測定装置(協和界面科学社製、DM700)を用い、液滴法(解析方法:θ/2法)にて、水の接触角を測定した。
Measurement of contact angle (initial contact angle)
A water droplet of 3 μL was dropped on the surface of the water-repellent layer side of the laminates obtained in Examples 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 and Comparative Example 2, and a contact angle measurement device ( The contact angle of water was measured by a droplet method (analysis method: θ/2 method) using DM700 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
 滑落角の測定(初期滑落角)
 実施例10、12、14、16、18、20、22、24、26及び比較例2で得られた積層体における撥水層側の表面に、6.0μLの水滴を滴下し、前記接触角測定装置(協和界面科学社製、DM700)を用い、滑落法(水滴量:6.0μL、傾斜方法:連続傾斜、滑落検出:滑落後、滑落判定距離:0.25mm)にて、積層体の撥水層(r)面の動的撥水特性(滑落角)を測定した。
Measurement of sliding angle (initial sliding angle)
A water droplet of 6.0 μL was dropped on the surface of the water-repellent layer side of the laminates obtained in Examples 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, and 26 and Comparative Example 2, and the contact angle Using a measuring device (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., DM700), the slide method (water droplet amount: 6.0 μL, tilt method: continuous slope, slide detection: after slide, slide judgment distance: 0.25 mm). The dynamic water repellency (sliding angle) of the surface of the water repellent layer (r) was measured.
 耐摩耗性の測定(初期耐摩耗性)
 実施例10、12、14、16、18、20、22、24、26及び比較例2で得られた積層体に、minoan製消しゴムを具備したスクラッチ装置を用い、消しゴムが積層体の撥水層(r)面に接した状態(接触面:直径6mmの円)で荷重1000gをかけ、消しゴムを40r/minの速度(一分間に40往復する速度)、ストローク40mmで積層体上を往復させ、耐摩耗試験を行った。消しゴムが積層体を3000回往復した後の水の接触角を測定した。
Measurement of wear resistance (initial wear resistance)
The laminates obtained in Examples 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 and Comparative Example 2 were scratched using a scratching device equipped with an eraser made by Minoan. (r) A load of 1000 g is applied while in contact with the surface (contact surface: circle with a diameter of 6 mm), and the eraser is reciprocated on the laminate at a speed of 40 r / min (40 reciprocations per minute) and a stroke of 40 mm, A wear resistance test was performed. The contact angle of water was measured after the eraser reciprocated the laminate 3000 times.
 加速試験後の耐摩耗性の測定
 実施例11、13、15、17、19、21、23、25、27及び比較例3で得られた積層体に、minoan製消しゴムを具備したスクラッチ装置を用い、消しゴムが積層体の撥水層(r)面に接した状態(接触面:直径6mmの円)で荷重1000gをかけ、消しゴムを40r/minの速度(一分間に40往復する速度)、ストローク40mmで積層体上を往復させ、耐摩耗試験を行った。消しゴムが積層体を1500回往復した後の水の接触角を測定した。
Measurement of Abrasion Resistance after Acceleration Test The laminates obtained in Examples 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25 and 27 and Comparative Example 3 were scratched using a minoan eraser. , A load of 1000 g is applied with the eraser in contact with the water-repellent layer (r) surface of the laminate (contact surface: circle with a diameter of 6 mm), and the eraser is moved at a speed of 40 r / min (40 reciprocations per minute), stroke Abrasion resistance test was conducted by reciprocating on the laminate at 40 mm. The contact angle of water was measured after the eraser reciprocated the laminate 1500 times.
 加速試験後の塗膜表面の目視確認
 実施例11、13、15、17、19、21、23、25、27及び比較例3で得られた積層体について、室内蛍光灯下、目視で塗膜表面の状態を確認した。表面が無色透明なものを○、表面にムラや異物が認められるものを×として、官能評価を行った。
Visual confirmation of the surface of the coating film after the accelerated test. Check the condition of the surface. Sensory evaluation was carried out by assigning ◯ when the surface was colorless and transparent, and x when unevenness or foreign substances were observed on the surface.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
 本発明の組成物から形成される層を有する積層体は、タッチパネルディスプレイ等の表示装置、光学素子、半導体素子、建築材料、ナノインプリント技術、太陽電池、自動車や建物の窓ガラス、調理器具などの金属製品、食器などのセラミック製品、プラスチック製の自動車部品等に好適に用いることができ、産業上有用である。また、台所、風呂場、洗面台、鏡、トイレ周りの各部材の物品などにも好ましく用いられる。 Laminates having layers formed from the composition of the present invention can be used for display devices such as touch panel displays, optical elements, semiconductor elements, building materials, nanoimprint technology, solar cells, window glasses for automobiles and buildings, and metals such as cooking utensils. It can be suitably used for products, ceramic products such as tableware, plastic automobile parts, etc., and is industrially useful. It is also preferably used for items such as kitchens, bathrooms, washbasins, mirrors, and members around toilets.

Claims (11)

  1.  アミノ基又はアミン骨格を有する有機ケイ素化合物(C)と、溶剤1と、溶剤2の混合組成物であって、
     ハンセン溶解度パラメータにおける水素結合項(δH)と分散項(δD)との比率をδH/δDとしたとき、溶剤1の比率(δH/δD)が0.410未満であり、溶剤2の比率(δH/δD)が0.410以上である混合組成物。
    A mixed composition of an organosilicon compound (C) having an amino group or an amine skeleton, a solvent 1, and a solvent 2,
    When the ratio of the hydrogen bonding term (δH) and the dispersion term (δD) in the Hansen solubility parameters is δH/δD, the ratio (δH/δD) of solvent 1 is less than 0.410, and the ratio of solvent 2 (δH /δD) is 0.410 or more.
  2.  溶剤1に対する溶剤2の質量比が、0.01質量%以上、250質量%以下である請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein the mass ratio of solvent 2 to solvent 1 is 0.01% by mass or more and 250% by mass or less.
  3.  溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A、又は式(E.1)に基づいて算出される有機ケイ素化合物(C)とのハンセン溶解度パラメータの距離Raが5(J/cm30.5以下の有機溶剤2-Bを含む請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
    [式中、
     δD1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm30.5
     δD2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの分散項(J/cm30.5
     δP1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm30.5
     δP2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの極性項(J/cm30.5
     δH1:有機ケイ素化合物(C)のハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm30.5
     δH2:有機溶剤2-Bのハンセン溶解度パラメータの水素結合項(J/cm30.5である]
    Solvent 2 has a Hansen solubility parameter distance Ra of 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 between the solvent 2 and the non-fluorinated alcohol solvent 2-A or the organosilicon compound (C) calculated based on formula (E.1). The composition according to claim 1 or 2, comprising the following organic solvent 2-B.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
    [In the formula,
    δD1: dispersion term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
    δD2: dispersion term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
    δP1: the polar term of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
    δP2: Polar term of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ,
    δH1: hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of the Hansen solubility parameter of the organosilicon compound (C) 0.5 ,
    δH2: Hydrogen bond term (J/cm 3 ) of Hansen solubility parameter of organic solvent 2-B is 0.5 ]
  4.  溶剤2が、非フッ素型アルコール系溶剤2-A及び有機溶剤2-Bを含む請求項3に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 3, wherein the solvent 2 contains a non-fluorinated alcoholic solvent 2-A and an organic solvent 2-B.
  5.  溶剤1がエステル系溶剤である請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein solvent 1 is an ester solvent.
  6.  有機ケイ素化合物(C)における少なくとも1つのケイ素原子に、加水分解性基又はヒドロキシ基が結合している請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxy group is bonded to at least one silicon atom in the organosilicon compound (C).
  7.  有機ケイ素化合物(C)が、式(c1)~(c3)のいずれかで表される化合物である請求項1~6のいずれかに記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     上記式(c1)中、
     Rx11、Rx12、Rx13、Rx14は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Rfx11、Rfx12、Rfx13、Rfx14は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx11が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx12が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx12がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx13が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx13がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx14が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx14がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Rx15は、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx15が複数存在する場合は複数のRx15がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     X11は、加水分解性基であり、X11が複数存在する場合は複数のX11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Y11は、-NH-、又は-S-であり、Y11が複数存在する場合は複数のY11がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Z11は、ビニル基、α-メチルビニル基、スチリル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイル基、アミノ基、イソシアネート基、イソシアヌレート基、エポキシ基、ウレイド基、又はメルカプト基であり、
     p1は、1~20の整数であり、p2、p3、p4は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p5は、0~10の整数であり、
     p6は、1~3の整数であり、
     Z11がアミノ基でない場合は-NH-であるY11を少なくとも1つ有し、Y11が全て-S-である場合又はp5が0である場合はZ11がアミノ基であり、
     Z11-、-Si(X11p6(Rx153-p6、p1個の-{C(Rx11)(Rx12)}-単位(Uc11)、p2個の-{C(Rfx11)(Rfx12)}-単位(Uc12)、p3個の-{Si(Rx13)(Rx14)}-単位(Uc13)、p4個の-{Si(Rfx13)(Rfx14)}-単位(Uc14)、p5個の-Y11-単位(Uc15)は、Z11-が式(c1)で表される化合物の一方の末端となり、-Si(X11p6(Rx153-p6が他方の末端となり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、それぞれの単位(Uc11)~単位(Uc15)が任意の順で並んで結合する。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     上記式(c2)中、
     Rx20及びRx21は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Rfx20及びRfx21は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx20が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx20がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx21が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Rx22及びRx23はそれぞれ独立して、炭素数が1~20のアルキル基であり、Rx22及びRx23が複数存在する場合は複数のRx22及びRx23がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     X20及びX21はそれぞれ独立して、加水分解性基であり、X20及びX21が複数存在する場合は複数のX20及びX21がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     p20は、それぞれ独立して1~30の整数であり、p21は、それぞれ独立して0~30の整数であり、p20又はp21を付して括弧でくくられた繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つは、アミン骨格-NR100-に置き換わっており、前記アミン骨格におけるR100は水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
     p22及びp23はそれぞれ独立して、1~3の整数であり、
     p20個の-{C(Rx20)(Rx21)}-単位(Uc21)、p21個の-{C(Rfx20)(Rfx21)}-単位(Uc22)は、p20個の単位(Uc21)又はp21個の単位(Uc22)が連続である必要はなく、それぞれの単位(Uc21)及び単位(Uc22)が任意の順で並んで結合し、式(c2)で表される化合物の一方の末端が-Si(X20p22(Rx223-p22となり、他方の末端が-Si(X21p23(Rx233-p23となる。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    上記式(c3)中、
     Z31、Z32は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基及びヒドロキシ基以外の、反応性官能基であり、
     Rx31、Rx32、Rx33、Rx34は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数が1~4のアルキル基であり、Rx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Rfx31、Rfx32、Rfx33、Rfx34は、それぞれ独立して、1個以上の水素原子がフッ素原子に置換された炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素原子であり、Rfx31が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx32が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx33が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、Rfx34が複数存在する場合は複数のRfx34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     Y31は、-NH-、-N(CH3)-又は-O-であり、Y31が複数存在する場合は複数のY31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     X31、X32、X33、X34は、それぞれ独立に、-ORc(Rcは、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、又はアミノC1-3アルキルジC1-3アルコキシシリル基である)であり、X31が複数存在する場合は複数のX31がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X32が複数存在する場合は複数のX32がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X33が複数存在する場合は複数のX33がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、X34が複数存在する場合は複数のX34がそれぞれ異なっていてもよく、
     p31は、0~20の整数であり、p32、p33、p34は、それぞれ独立して、0~10の整数であり、p35は、0~5の整数であり、p36は、1~10の整数であり、p37は0又は1であり、
     Z31及びZ32の少なくとも一方がアミノ基であるか、又はY31の少なくとも一つが-NH-又は-N(CH3)-であるという条件を満たし、かつ式(c3)で表される化合物の一方の末端がZ31-であり、他方の末端がZ32-であり、-O-が-O-と連結しない限り、p31個の-{C(Rx31)(Rx32)}-単位(Uc31)、p32個の-{C(Rfx31)(Rfx32)}-単位(Uc32)、p33個の-{Si(Rx33)(Rx34)}-単位(Uc33)、p34個の-{Si(Rfx33)(Rfx34)}-単位(Uc34)、p35個の-Y31-単位(Uc35)、p36個の-{Si(X31)(X32)-O}-単位(Uc36)、p37個の-{Si(X33)(X34)}-単位(Uc37)がそれぞれ任意の順で並んで結合して構成される。
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the organosilicon compound (C) is a compound represented by any one of formulas (c1) to (c3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the above formula (c1),
    R x11 , R x12 , R x13 , and R x14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when there are multiple R x11 , the multiple R x11 may be different. may be different when there are a plurality of R x12 ; when there are a plurality of R x13 , a plurality of R x13 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x14 ,
    Rf x11 , Rf x12 , Rf x13 , and Rf x14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x11 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x11, the plurality of Rf x11 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x12 , the plurality of Rf x12 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x13 , the plurality of Rf x13 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x14 , the plurality of Rf x14 may be different,
    R x15 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x15 are present, the plurality of R x15 may be different,
    X 11 is a hydrolyzable group, and when a plurality of X 11 are present, the plurality of X 11 may be different,
    Y 11 is -NH- or -S-, and when a plurality of Y 11 are present, the plurality of Y 11 may be different,
    Z 11 is a vinyl group, α-methylvinyl group, styryl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyl group, amino group, isocyanate group, isocyanurate group, epoxy group, ureido group, or mercapto group;
    p1 is an integer of 1 to 20, p2, p3, and p4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p5 is an integer of 0 to 10,
    p6 is an integer from 1 to 3,
    has at least one Y 11 which is —NH— when Z 11 is not an amino group; when all Y 11 are —S— or when p5 is 0, Z 11 is an amino group;
    Z 11 -, -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 , p1 -{C(R x11 )(R x12 )}-units (U c11 ), p2 -{C(Rf x11 ) (Rf x12 )}-unit (U c12 ), p3-{Si (R x13 ) (R x14 )}-unit (U c13 ), p4-{Si (Rf x13 )(Rf x14 )} The - unit (U c14 ) and p5 -Y 11 - units (U c15 ) form one end of the compound represented by the formula (c1) where Z 11 - is, and -Si(X 11 ) p6 (R x15 ) 3-p6 is the other terminal, and the respective units (U c11 ) to (U c15 ) are aligned and bonded in any order unless —O— is linked to —O—.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In the above formula (c2),
    R x20 and R x21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms ; When a plurality of R x21 are present, the plurality of R x21 may be different,
    Rf x20 and Rf x21 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom; x20 may be different, and when there are multiple Rf x21 , multiple Rf x21 may be different,
    R x22 and R x23 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x22 and R x23 are present, a plurality of R x22 and R x23 may be different,
    X 20 and X 21 are each independently a hydrolyzable group, and when multiple X 20 and X 21 are present, multiple X 20 and X 21 may be different,
    p20 is each independently an integer of 1 to 30, p21 is each independently an integer of 0 to 30, and at least one of the repeating units bracketed with p20 or p21 is an amine skeleton —NR 100 —, wherein R 100 in the amine skeleton is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
    p22 and p23 are each independently an integer of 1 to 3,
    p20-{C( Rx20 )( Rx21 )}-units ( Uc21 ), p21-{C( Rfx20 )( Rfx21 )}-units ( Uc22 ) are p20 units ( U c21 ) or p21 units (U c22 ) do not need to be consecutive, and each unit (U c21 ) and unit (U c22 ) are lined up in any order and combined to form the formula (c2) One end of the compound is -Si(X 20 ) p22 (R x22 ) 3-p22 and the other end is -Si(X 21 ) p23 (R x23 ) 3-p23 .
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In the above formula (c3),
    Z 31 and Z 32 are each independently a reactive functional group other than a hydrolyzable group and a hydroxy group,
    R x31 , R x32 , R x33 , and R x34 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R x31 are present, the plurality of R x31 are different from each other. may be different when there are a plurality of R x32 , and when there are a plurality of R x33 , a plurality of R x33 may be different ; may be different from each other in a plurality of R x34 ,
    Rf x31 , Rf x32 , Rf x33 , and Rf x34 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with fluorine atoms or a fluorine atom, and a plurality of Rf x31 are present; When there is a plurality of Rf x31, the plurality of Rf x31 may be different, when there are a plurality of Rf x32 , the plurality of Rf x32 may be different, and when there is a plurality of Rf x33 , the plurality of Rf x33 may be different. may be different, and if there are a plurality of Rf x34 , the plurality of Rf x34 may be different,
    Y 31 is —NH—, —N(CH 3 )— or —O—, and when there are a plurality of Y 31 , the plurality of Y 31 may be different,
    X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each independently —OR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or aminoC 1-3 alkyldiC 1-3 alkoxysilyl is a group), and when a plurality of X 31 are present, the plurality of X 31 may be different, when a plurality of X 32 are present, the plurality of X 32 may be different, and X 33 is When a plurality of X 33 are present, the plurality of X 33 may be different, and when a plurality of X 34 are present, the plurality of X 34 may be different,
    p31 is an integer of 0 to 20, p32, p33, and p34 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10, p35 is an integer of 0 to 5, and p36 is an integer of 1 to 10 and p37 is 0 or 1,
    at least one of Z 31 and Z 32 is an amino group, or at least one of Y 31 is -NH- or -N(CH 3 )-, and a compound represented by formula (c3) p31 -{C(R x31 )(R x32 )}-units, unless one end of is Z 31 - and the other end is Z 32 -, and -O- is not linked to -O- (U c31 ), p32-{C(Rf x31 )(Rf x32 )}-units (U c32 ), p33-{Si(R x33 )(R x34 )}-units (U c33 ), p34 -{Si (Rf x33 ) (Rf x34 )}-units (U c34 ), p 35 -Y 31 -units (U c35 ), p 36 -{Si (X 31 ) (X 32 )-O }-unit (U c36 ) and p37 -{Si(X 33 )(X 34 )}-units (U c37 ) are arranged in arbitrary order and bonded together.
  8.  有機ケイ素化合物(C)の含有量が、0.005質量%以上5質量%以下である請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the content of the organosilicon compound (C) is 0.005% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less.
  9.  基材(s)及び撥水層(r)が、中間層(c)を介して積層された積層体であって、
     前記中間層(c)が、請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の組成物から形成される層である積層体。
    A laminate in which a substrate (s) and a water-repellent layer (r) are laminated via an intermediate layer (c),
    A laminate, wherein the intermediate layer (c) is a layer formed from the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  基材(s)が、有機系材料で構成される基材である請求項9に記載の積層体。 The laminate according to claim 9, wherein the substrate (s) is a substrate composed of an organic material.
  11.  請求項9又は10に記載の積層体を含むウインドウフィルム又はタッチパネルディスプレイ。 A window film or touch panel display comprising the laminate according to claim 9 or 10.
PCT/JP2022/002095 2021-02-05 2022-01-21 Mixed composition WO2022168631A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020237029795A KR20230142559A (en) 2021-02-05 2022-01-21 mixed composition
CN202280008057.9A CN116568773A (en) 2021-02-05 2022-01-21 Mixed composition
EP22749506.6A EP4289914A1 (en) 2021-02-05 2022-01-21 Mixed composition
US18/036,270 US20240018389A1 (en) 2021-02-05 2022-01-21 Mixed composition

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021017844 2021-02-05
JP2021-017844 2021-02-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022168631A1 true WO2022168631A1 (en) 2022-08-11

Family

ID=82741738

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/002095 WO2022168631A1 (en) 2021-02-05 2022-01-21 Mixed composition

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20240018389A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4289914A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2022120793A (en)
KR (1) KR20230142559A (en)
CN (1) CN116568773A (en)
TW (1) TW202242015A (en)
WO (1) WO2022168631A1 (en)

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1090521A (en) 1996-07-24 1998-04-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Laminated phase difference plate which rotates polarization axis and projection type liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2003048815A (en) * 2001-08-01 2003-02-21 Kose Corp Two-layer type enamel remover
JP2006111549A (en) * 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Nippon Nsc Ltd Emulsion composition and cosmetic using the same
JP2007232873A (en) 2006-02-28 2007-09-13 Teijin Ltd Laminated polarizing film, retardation film and liquid crystal display device
JP2010030979A (en) 2007-12-28 2010-02-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film
JP2012197330A (en) 2011-03-18 2012-10-18 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Two-component mixing type organopolysiloxane composition, and method for curing the same
JP2014080473A (en) * 2012-10-15 2014-05-08 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Fluorine-containing ether composition, substrate having surface layer formed of the composition, and method for producing the same
JP2014193988A (en) 2013-02-26 2014-10-09 Kansai Paint Co Ltd Method for forming functional layer
JP2014224837A (en) 2013-04-25 2014-12-04 大日本印刷株式会社 Image display device
JP2016500553A (en) * 2013-07-17 2016-01-14 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Method for predicting mixed solvent that minimizes use of single solvent and system using the same

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1090521A (en) 1996-07-24 1998-04-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Laminated phase difference plate which rotates polarization axis and projection type liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2003048815A (en) * 2001-08-01 2003-02-21 Kose Corp Two-layer type enamel remover
JP2006111549A (en) * 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Nippon Nsc Ltd Emulsion composition and cosmetic using the same
JP2007232873A (en) 2006-02-28 2007-09-13 Teijin Ltd Laminated polarizing film, retardation film and liquid crystal display device
JP2010030979A (en) 2007-12-28 2010-02-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film
JP2012197330A (en) 2011-03-18 2012-10-18 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co Ltd Two-component mixing type organopolysiloxane composition, and method for curing the same
JP2014080473A (en) * 2012-10-15 2014-05-08 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Fluorine-containing ether composition, substrate having surface layer formed of the composition, and method for producing the same
JP2014193988A (en) 2013-02-26 2014-10-09 Kansai Paint Co Ltd Method for forming functional layer
JP2014224837A (en) 2013-04-25 2014-12-04 大日本印刷株式会社 Image display device
JP2016500553A (en) * 2013-07-17 2016-01-14 エルジー・ケム・リミテッド Method for predicting mixed solvent that minimizes use of single solvent and system using the same

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CHARLES M. HANSEN: "Hansen Solubility Parameters: A Users Handbook", 2007, CRC PRESS

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4289914A1 (en) 2023-12-13
US20240018389A1 (en) 2024-01-18
TW202242015A (en) 2022-11-01
KR20230142559A (en) 2023-10-11
JP2022120793A (en) 2022-08-18
CN116568773A (en) 2023-08-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021166736A1 (en) Multilayer body and flexible display device
WO2022168628A1 (en) Mixed composition and layered body
WO2022168630A1 (en) Cured coating film and layered product
WO2022168631A1 (en) Mixed composition
WO2022168636A1 (en) Mixed composition and film formed from said mixed composition
WO2022168627A1 (en) Layered body and method for producing same
WO2022168629A1 (en) Mixed composition and laminate
WO2023171415A1 (en) Mixed composition and layered body
WO2023157433A1 (en) Laminate, window film, and touch panel
WO2023157434A1 (en) Laminate, window film, and touch panel
WO2022168633A1 (en) Laminate
JP2022120766A (en) laminate
WO2022168660A1 (en) Laminate
WO2023171414A1 (en) Mixed composition and layered body
WO2024024188A1 (en) Mixed composition
KR20240157063A (en) Mixed compositions and laminates
CN118829695A (en) Mixed composition and laminate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22749506

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18036270

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280008057.9

Country of ref document: CN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237029795

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022749506

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230905